AuroraMiddleware/gtk2
1
0
Fork 0
forked from AuroraMiddleware/gtk
Code Issues Pull Requests Projects Releases Wiki Activity
5e5aa14370
gtk2/po-properties/fa.po

5025 lines
111 KiB
Plaintext
Raw Normal View History

splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
# Persian translation of gtk+.
# Copyright (C) 2000, 2002, 2003, 2004 Sharif FarsiWeb, Inc.
# Copyright (C) 2004 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
# Roozbeh Pournader <roozbeh@sharif.edu>, 2000, 2002, 2003, 2004.
#
msgid ""
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: gtk+ 2.3.1\n"
2.5.1
2004-08-01 05:55:01 +00:00
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
2.8.1
2005-08-24 06:29:12 +00:00
"POT-Creation-Date: 2005-08-24 01:39-0400\n"
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
"PO-Revision-Date: 2004-01-03 17:49+0330\n"
"Last-Translator: Roozbeh Pournader <roozbeh@sharif.edu>\n"
"Language-Team: Persian <farsi@lists.sharif.edu>\n"
"MIME-Version: 1.0\n"
"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n"
"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"
2.7.0
2005-06-20 22:06:27 +00:00
#: gdk-pixbuf/gdk-pixbuf.c:110
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Number of Channels"
msgstr ""
2.7.0
2005-06-20 22:06:27 +00:00
#: gdk-pixbuf/gdk-pixbuf.c:111
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
#, fuzzy
msgid "The number of samples per pixel"
msgstr "تعداد ستون‌های جدول"
2.7.0
2005-06-20 22:06:27 +00:00
#: gdk-pixbuf/gdk-pixbuf.c:120
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
#, fuzzy
msgid "Colorspace"
msgstr "_نام رنگ:"
2.7.0
2005-06-20 22:06:27 +00:00
#: gdk-pixbuf/gdk-pixbuf.c:121
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "The colorspace in which the samples are interpreted"
msgstr ""
2.7.0
2005-06-20 22:06:27 +00:00
#: gdk-pixbuf/gdk-pixbuf.c:129
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
#, fuzzy
msgid "Has Alpha"
msgstr "استفاده از آلفا"
2.7.0
2005-06-20 22:06:27 +00:00
#: gdk-pixbuf/gdk-pixbuf.c:130
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Whether the pixbuf has an alpha channel"
msgstr ""
2.7.0
2005-06-20 22:06:27 +00:00
#: gdk-pixbuf/gdk-pixbuf.c:143
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Bits per Sample"
msgstr ""
2.7.0
2005-06-20 22:06:27 +00:00
#: gdk-pixbuf/gdk-pixbuf.c:144
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
#, fuzzy
msgid "The number of bits per sample"
msgstr "تعداد سطرهای جدول"
2.7.0
2005-06-20 22:06:27 +00:00
#: gdk-pixbuf/gdk-pixbuf.c:153 gtk/gtklayout.c:651 gtk/gtktreeviewcolumn.c:242
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Width"
msgstr "عرض"
2.7.0
2005-06-20 22:06:27 +00:00
#: gdk-pixbuf/gdk-pixbuf.c:154
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
#, fuzzy
msgid "The number of columns of the pixbuf"
msgstr "تعداد ستون‌های جدول"
2.7.0
2005-06-20 22:06:27 +00:00
#: gdk-pixbuf/gdk-pixbuf.c:163 gtk/gtklayout.c:660
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Height"
msgstr "ارتفاع"
2.7.0
2005-06-20 22:06:27 +00:00
#: gdk-pixbuf/gdk-pixbuf.c:164
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
#, fuzzy
msgid "The number of rows of the pixbuf"
msgstr "تعداد سطرهای جدول"
2.7.0
2005-06-20 22:06:27 +00:00
#: gdk-pixbuf/gdk-pixbuf.c:180
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
#, fuzzy
msgid "Rowstride"
msgstr "سطرها"
2.7.0
2005-06-20 22:06:27 +00:00
#: gdk-pixbuf/gdk-pixbuf.c:181
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid ""
"The number of bytes between the start of a row and the start of the next row"
msgstr ""
2.7.0
2005-06-20 22:06:27 +00:00
#: gdk-pixbuf/gdk-pixbuf.c:190
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Pixels"
msgstr ""
2.7.0
2005-06-20 22:06:27 +00:00
#: gdk-pixbuf/gdk-pixbuf.c:191
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "A pointer to the pixel data of the pixbuf"
msgstr ""
2.7.0
2005-06-20 22:06:27 +00:00
#: gdk/gdkdisplaymanager.c:129
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Default Display"
msgstr "صفحه‌نمایش پیش‌فرض"
2.7.0
2005-06-20 22:06:27 +00:00
#: gdk/gdkdisplaymanager.c:130
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "The default display for GDK"
msgstr "صفحه‌نمایش پیش‌فرض GDK"
2.8.1
2005-08-24 06:29:12 +00:00
#: gdk/gdkpango.c:510 gtk/gtkinvisible.c:117 gtk/gtkwindow.c:538
2.5.6
2004-12-03 06:32:17 +00:00
msgid "Screen"
msgstr "صفحه‌نمایش"
2.7.0
2005-06-20 22:06:27 +00:00
#: gdk/gdkpango.c:511
2.5.6
2004-12-03 06:32:17 +00:00
#, fuzzy
msgid "the GdkScreen for the renderer"
msgstr "مدل نمایش درختی"
2.7.2
2005-07-08 18:52:47 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:206
*** empty log message ***
2004-10-28 03:28:56 +00:00
#, fuzzy
msgid "Program name"
msgstr "نام برچسب"
2.7.2
2005-07-08 18:52:47 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:207
*** empty log message ***
2004-10-28 03:28:56 +00:00
msgid ""
"The name of the program. If this is not set, it defaults to "
"g_get_application_name()"
msgstr ""
2.7.2
2005-07-08 18:52:47 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:221
*** empty log message ***
2004-10-28 03:28:56 +00:00
msgid "Program version"
msgstr ""
2.7.2
2005-07-08 18:52:47 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:222
*** empty log message ***
2004-10-28 03:28:56 +00:00
#, fuzzy
msgid "The version of the program"
msgstr "نمایه‌ی صفحه‌ی فعلی"
2.7.2
2005-07-08 18:52:47 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:236
*** empty log message ***
2004-10-28 03:28:56 +00:00
msgid "Copyright string"
msgstr ""
2.7.2
2005-07-08 18:52:47 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:237
*** empty log message ***
2004-10-28 03:28:56 +00:00
msgid "Copyright information for the program"
msgstr ""
2.7.2
2005-07-08 18:52:47 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:254
*** empty log message ***
2004-10-28 03:28:56 +00:00
#, fuzzy
msgid "Comments string"
msgstr "فاصله‌گذاری ستون‌ها"
2.7.2
2005-07-08 18:52:47 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:255
*** empty log message ***
2004-10-28 03:28:56 +00:00
msgid "Comments about the program"
msgstr ""
2.7.2
2005-07-08 18:52:47 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:289
*** empty log message ***
2004-10-28 03:28:56 +00:00
msgid "Website URL"
msgstr ""
2.7.2
2005-07-08 18:52:47 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:290
*** empty log message ***
2004-10-28 03:28:56 +00:00
msgid "The URL for the link to the website of the program"
msgstr ""
2.7.2
2005-07-08 18:52:47 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:306
*** empty log message ***
2004-10-28 03:28:56 +00:00
#, fuzzy
msgid "Website label"
msgstr "برچسب منو"
2.7.2
2005-07-08 18:52:47 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:307
*** empty log message ***
2004-10-28 03:28:56 +00:00
msgid ""
"The label for the link to the website of the program. If this is not set, it "
"defaults to the URL"
msgstr ""
2.7.2
2005-07-08 18:52:47 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:323
*** empty log message ***
2004-10-28 03:28:56 +00:00
msgid "Authors"
msgstr ""
2.7.2
2005-07-08 18:52:47 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:324
2.5.5
2004-11-12 17:52:08 +00:00
#, fuzzy
msgid "List of authors of the program"
msgstr "نمایه‌ی صفحه‌ی فعلی"
*** empty log message ***
2004-10-28 03:28:56 +00:00
2.7.2
2005-07-08 18:52:47 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:340
*** empty log message ***
2004-10-28 03:28:56 +00:00
msgid "Documenters"
msgstr ""
2.7.2
2005-07-08 18:52:47 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:341
*** empty log message ***
2004-10-28 03:28:56 +00:00
msgid "List of people documenting the program"
msgstr ""
2.7.2
2005-07-08 18:52:47 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:357
*** empty log message ***
2004-10-28 03:28:56 +00:00
msgid "Artists"
msgstr ""
2.7.2
2005-07-08 18:52:47 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:358
*** empty log message ***
2004-10-28 03:28:56 +00:00
msgid "List of people who have contributed artwork to the program"
msgstr ""
2.7.2
2005-07-08 18:52:47 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:375
*** empty log message ***
2004-10-28 03:28:56 +00:00
msgid "Translator credits"
msgstr ""
2.7.2
2005-07-08 18:52:47 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:376
*** empty log message ***
2004-10-28 03:28:56 +00:00
msgid ""
"Credits to the translators. This string should be marked as translatable"
msgstr ""
2.7.2
2005-07-08 18:52:47 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:391
*** empty log message ***
2004-10-28 03:28:56 +00:00
msgid "Logo"
msgstr ""
2.7.2
2005-07-08 18:52:47 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:392
*** empty log message ***
2004-10-28 03:28:56 +00:00
msgid ""
"A logo for the about box. If this is not set, it defaults to "
"gtk_window_get_default_icon_list()"
msgstr ""
2.7.2
2005-07-08 18:52:47 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:407
*** empty log message ***
2004-10-28 03:28:56 +00:00
#, fuzzy
msgid "Logo Icon Name"
msgstr "نام قلم"
2.7.2
2005-07-08 18:52:47 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:408
*** empty log message ***
2004-10-28 03:28:56 +00:00
msgid "A named icon to use as the logo for the about box."
msgstr ""
2.7.2
2005-07-08 18:52:47 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:421
msgid "Wrap license"
msgstr ""
#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:422
msgid "Whether to wrap the license text."
msgstr ""
#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:429
*** empty log message ***
2004-10-28 03:28:56 +00:00
#, fuzzy
msgid "Link Color"
msgstr "رنگ فعلی"
2.7.2
2005-07-08 18:52:47 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:430
*** empty log message ***
2004-10-28 03:28:56 +00:00
msgid "Color of hyperlinks"
msgstr ""
2.7.0
2005-06-20 22:06:27 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkaccellabel.c:143
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Accelerator Closure"
msgstr "بستار شتاب‌ده‌ها"
2.7.0
2005-06-20 22:06:27 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkaccellabel.c:144
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "The closure to be monitored for accelerator changes"
msgstr ""
2.7.0
2005-06-20 22:06:27 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkaccellabel.c:150
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Accelerator Widget"
msgstr "ویجت شتاب‌ده"
2.7.0
2005-06-20 22:06:27 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkaccellabel.c:151
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "The widget to be monitored for accelerator changes"
msgstr ""
2.7.0
2005-06-20 22:06:27 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkaction.c:197 gtk/gtkactiongroup.c:135
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Name"
msgstr "نام"
2.7.0
2005-06-20 22:06:27 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkaction.c:198
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "A unique name for the action."
msgstr ""
2.7.1
2005-07-01 19:24:05 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkaction.c:205 gtk/gtkbutton.c:226 gtk/gtkexpander.c:206
2.7.3
2005-07-15 20:33:47 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkframe.c:128 gtk/gtklabel.c:322 gtk/gtktoolbutton.c:187
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Label"
msgstr "برچسب"
2.7.0
2005-06-20 22:06:27 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkaction.c:206
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "The label used for menu items and buttons that activate this action."
msgstr ""
2.7.0
2005-06-20 22:06:27 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkaction.c:213
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Short label"
msgstr "برچسب کوتاه"
2.7.0
2005-06-20 22:06:27 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkaction.c:214
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "A shorter label that may be used on toolbar buttons."
msgstr ""
2.7.0
2005-06-20 22:06:27 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkaction.c:220
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Tooltip"
msgstr ""
2.7.0
2005-06-20 22:06:27 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkaction.c:221
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "A tooltip for this action."
msgstr ""
2.7.0
2005-06-20 22:06:27 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkaction.c:227
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Stock Icon"
msgstr ""
2.7.0
2005-06-20 22:06:27 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkaction.c:228
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "The stock icon displayed in widgets representing this action."
msgstr ""
2.7.0
2005-06-20 22:06:27 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkaction.c:235 gtk/gtktoolitem.c:160
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Visible when horizontal"
msgstr ""
2.7.0
2005-06-20 22:06:27 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkaction.c:236 gtk/gtktoolitem.c:161
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid ""
"Whether the toolbar item is visible when the toolbar is in a horizontal "
"orientation."
msgstr ""
2.7.0
2005-06-20 22:06:27 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkaction.c:251
2.5.2
2004-08-25 16:21:15 +00:00
#, fuzzy
msgid "Visible when overflown"
msgstr "پنجره‌ی مرئی"
2.7.0
2005-06-20 22:06:27 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkaction.c:252
2.5.2
2004-08-25 16:21:15 +00:00
msgid ""
"When TRUE, toolitem proxies for this action are represented in the toolbar "
"overflow menu."
msgstr ""
2.7.0
2005-06-20 22:06:27 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkaction.c:259 gtk/gtktoolitem.c:167
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Visible when vertical"
msgstr ""
2.7.0
2005-06-20 22:06:27 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkaction.c:260 gtk/gtktoolitem.c:168
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid ""
"Whether the toolbar item is visible when the toolbar is in a vertical "
"orientation."
msgstr ""
2.7.0
2005-06-20 22:06:27 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkaction.c:267 gtk/gtktoolitem.c:174
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Is important"
msgstr "مهم است"
2.7.0
2005-06-20 22:06:27 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkaction.c:268
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid ""
"Whether the action is considered important. When TRUE, toolitem proxies for "
"this action show text in GTK_TOOLBAR_BOTH_HORIZ mode."
msgstr ""
2.7.0
2005-06-20 22:06:27 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkaction.c:276
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Hide if empty"
msgstr "اگر خالی بود مخفی شود"
2.7.0
2005-06-20 22:06:27 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkaction.c:277
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "When TRUE, empty menu proxies for this action are hidden."
msgstr ""
2.7.0
2005-06-20 22:06:27 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkaction.c:283 gtk/gtkactiongroup.c:142 gtk/gtkcellrenderer.c:222
2.7.4
2005-07-22 20:28:31 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:455
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Sensitive"
msgstr "حساس"
2.7.0
2005-06-20 22:06:27 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkaction.c:284
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Whether the action is enabled."
msgstr ""
2.7.0
2005-06-20 22:06:27 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkaction.c:290 gtk/gtkactiongroup.c:149 gtk/gtktreeviewcolumn.c:226
2.7.4
2005-07-22 20:28:31 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:448
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Visible"
msgstr "مرئی"
2.7.0
2005-06-20 22:06:27 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkaction.c:291
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Whether the action is visible."
msgstr ""
2.7.0
2005-06-20 22:06:27 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkaction.c:297
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Action Group"
msgstr ""
2.7.0
2005-06-20 22:06:27 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkaction.c:298
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid ""
"The GtkActionGroup this GtkAction is associated with, or NULL (for internal "
"use)."
msgstr ""
2.7.0
2005-06-20 22:06:27 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkactiongroup.c:136
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "A name for the action group."
msgstr ""
2.5.2
2004-08-25 16:21:15 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkactiongroup.c:143
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Whether the action group is enabled."
msgstr ""
2.5.2
2004-08-25 16:21:15 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkactiongroup.c:150
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Whether the action group is visible."
msgstr ""
2.7.0
2005-06-20 22:06:27 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkadjustment.c:116 gtk/gtkcellrendererprogress.c:116
#: gtk/gtkspinbutton.c:304
=== Released 2.3.3 === Tue Feb 24 14:45:03 2004 Owen Taylor <otaylor@redhat.com> * === Released 2.3.3 === * configure.in: Version 2.3.3, interface age 0. * NEWS: Finish updates for 2.3.3.
2004-02-24 22:25:41 +00:00
msgid "Value"
msgstr "مقدار"
2.7.0
2005-06-20 22:06:27 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkadjustment.c:117
=== Released 2.3.3 === Tue Feb 24 14:45:03 2004 Owen Taylor <otaylor@redhat.com> * === Released 2.3.3 === * configure.in: Version 2.3.3, interface age 0. * NEWS: Finish updates for 2.3.3.
2004-02-24 22:25:41 +00:00
#, fuzzy
msgid "The value of the adjustment"
msgstr "نام ویجت"
2.7.0
2005-06-20 22:06:27 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkadjustment.c:133
=== Released 2.3.3 === Tue Feb 24 14:45:03 2004 Owen Taylor <otaylor@redhat.com> * === Released 2.3.3 === * configure.in: Version 2.3.3, interface age 0. * NEWS: Finish updates for 2.3.3.
2004-02-24 22:25:41 +00:00
#, fuzzy
msgid "Minimum Value"
msgstr "حداقل X"
2.7.0
2005-06-20 22:06:27 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkadjustment.c:134
=== Released 2.3.3 === Tue Feb 24 14:45:03 2004 Owen Taylor <otaylor@redhat.com> * === Released 2.3.3 === * configure.in: Version 2.3.3, interface age 0. * NEWS: Finish updates for 2.3.3.
2004-02-24 22:25:41 +00:00
#, fuzzy
msgid "The minimum value of the adjustment"
msgstr "نام ویجت"
2.7.0
2005-06-20 22:06:27 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkadjustment.c:153
=== Released 2.3.3 === Tue Feb 24 14:45:03 2004 Owen Taylor <otaylor@redhat.com> * === Released 2.3.3 === * configure.in: Version 2.3.3, interface age 0. * NEWS: Finish updates for 2.3.3.
2004-02-24 22:25:41 +00:00
#, fuzzy
msgid "Maximum Value"
msgstr "طول حداکثر"
2.7.0
2005-06-20 22:06:27 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkadjustment.c:154
=== Released 2.3.3 === Tue Feb 24 14:45:03 2004 Owen Taylor <otaylor@redhat.com> * === Released 2.3.3 === * configure.in: Version 2.3.3, interface age 0. * NEWS: Finish updates for 2.3.3.
2004-02-24 22:25:41 +00:00
#, fuzzy
msgid "The maximum value of the adjustment"
msgstr "نام ویجت"
2.7.0
2005-06-20 22:06:27 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkadjustment.c:170
=== Released 2.3.3 === Tue Feb 24 14:45:03 2004 Owen Taylor <otaylor@redhat.com> * === Released 2.3.3 === * configure.in: Version 2.3.3, interface age 0. * NEWS: Finish updates for 2.3.3.
2004-02-24 22:25:41 +00:00
#, fuzzy
msgid "Step Increment"
msgstr "صفحه‌نمایش"
2.7.0
2005-06-20 22:06:27 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkadjustment.c:171
=== Released 2.3.3 === Tue Feb 24 14:45:03 2004 Owen Taylor <otaylor@redhat.com> * === Released 2.3.3 === * configure.in: Version 2.3.3, interface age 0. * NEWS: Finish updates for 2.3.3.
2004-02-24 22:25:41 +00:00
#, fuzzy
msgid "The step increment of the adjustment"
msgstr "نام ویجت"
2.7.0
2005-06-20 22:06:27 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkadjustment.c:187
=== Released 2.3.3 === Tue Feb 24 14:45:03 2004 Owen Taylor <otaylor@redhat.com> * === Released 2.3.3 === * configure.in: Version 2.3.3, interface age 0. * NEWS: Finish updates for 2.3.3.
2004-02-24 22:25:41 +00:00
msgid "Page Increment"
msgstr ""
2.7.0
2005-06-20 22:06:27 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkadjustment.c:188
=== Released 2.3.3 === Tue Feb 24 14:45:03 2004 Owen Taylor <otaylor@redhat.com> * === Released 2.3.3 === * configure.in: Version 2.3.3, interface age 0. * NEWS: Finish updates for 2.3.3.
2004-02-24 22:25:41 +00:00
#, fuzzy
msgid "The page increment of the adjustment"
msgstr "نام ویجت"
2.7.0
2005-06-20 22:06:27 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkadjustment.c:207
=== Released 2.3.3 === Tue Feb 24 14:45:03 2004 Owen Taylor <otaylor@redhat.com> * === Released 2.3.3 === * configure.in: Version 2.3.3, interface age 0. * NEWS: Finish updates for 2.3.3.
2004-02-24 22:25:41 +00:00
#, fuzzy
msgid "Page Size"
msgstr "اندازه‌ی حداکثر"
2.7.0
2005-06-20 22:06:27 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkadjustment.c:208
=== Released 2.3.3 === Tue Feb 24 14:45:03 2004 Owen Taylor <otaylor@redhat.com> * === Released 2.3.3 === * configure.in: Version 2.3.3, interface age 0. * NEWS: Finish updates for 2.3.3.
2004-02-24 22:25:41 +00:00
#, fuzzy
msgid "The page size of the adjustment"
msgstr "نام ویجت"
2.7.0
2005-06-20 22:06:27 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkalignment.c:119
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Horizontal alignment"
msgstr "ردیف کردن افقی"
2.7.1
2005-07-01 19:24:05 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkalignment.c:120 gtk/gtkbutton.c:277
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid ""
"Horizontal position of child in available space. 0.0 is left aligned, 1.0 is "
"right aligned"
msgstr "موقعیت افقی فرزند در فضای موجود. ۰٫۰ ردیف در چپ است، ۱٫۰ ردیف در راست."
2.7.0
2005-06-20 22:06:27 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkalignment.c:129
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Vertical alignment"
msgstr "ردیف کردن عمودی"
2.7.1
2005-07-01 19:24:05 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkalignment.c:130 gtk/gtkbutton.c:296
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid ""
"Vertical position of child in available space. 0.0 is top aligned, 1.0 is "
"bottom aligned"
msgstr ""
"موقعیت عمودی فرزند در فضای موجود. ۰٫۰ ردیف با بالا است، ۱٫۰ ردیف با پایین."
2.7.0
2005-06-20 22:06:27 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkalignment.c:138
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Horizontal scale"
msgstr "مقیاس افقی"
2.7.0
2005-06-20 22:06:27 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkalignment.c:139
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid ""
"If available horizontal space is bigger than needed for the child, how much "
"of it to use for the child. 0.0 means none, 1.0 means all"
msgstr ""
"در صورتی که فضای افقی بیشتر از میزان لازم برای فرزند باشد، این که چه‌قدر از "
"آن برای فرزند استفاده شود. ۰٫۰ یعنی هیچ، ۱٫۰ یعنی همه"
2.7.0
2005-06-20 22:06:27 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkalignment.c:147
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Vertical scale"
msgstr "مقیاس عمودی"
2.7.0
2005-06-20 22:06:27 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkalignment.c:148
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid ""
"If available vertical space is bigger than needed for the child, how much of "
"it to use for the child. 0.0 means none, 1.0 means all"
msgstr ""
"در صورتی که فضای عمودی بیشتر از میزان لازم برای فرزند باشد، این که چه‌قدر از "
"آن برای فرزند استفاده شود. ۰٫۰ یعنی هیچ، ۱٫۰ یعنی همه"
2.7.0
2005-06-20 22:06:27 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkalignment.c:165
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Top Padding"
msgstr ""
2.7.0
2005-06-20 22:06:27 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkalignment.c:166
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "The padding to insert at the top of the widget."
msgstr ""
2.7.0
2005-06-20 22:06:27 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkalignment.c:182
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Bottom Padding"
msgstr ""
2.7.0
2005-06-20 22:06:27 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkalignment.c:183
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "The padding to insert at the bottom of the widget."
msgstr ""
2.7.0
2005-06-20 22:06:27 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkalignment.c:199
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Left Padding"
msgstr ""
2.7.0
2005-06-20 22:06:27 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkalignment.c:200
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "The padding to insert at the left of the widget."
msgstr ""
2.7.0
2005-06-20 22:06:27 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkalignment.c:216
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Right Padding"
msgstr ""
2.7.0
2005-06-20 22:06:27 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkalignment.c:217
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "The padding to insert at the right of the widget."
msgstr ""
2.7.0
2005-06-20 22:06:27 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkarrow.c:101
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Arrow direction"
msgstr "جهت پیکان"
2.7.0
2005-06-20 22:06:27 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkarrow.c:102
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "The direction the arrow should point"
msgstr "جهتی که پیکان باید به آن اشاره کند"
2.7.0
2005-06-20 22:06:27 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkarrow.c:109
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Arrow shadow"
msgstr "سایه‌ی پیکان"
2.7.0
2005-06-20 22:06:27 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkarrow.c:110
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Appearance of the shadow surrounding the arrow"
msgstr ""
2.7.0
2005-06-20 22:06:27 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkaspectframe.c:111
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Horizontal Alignment"
msgstr "ردیف کردن افقی"
2.7.0
2005-06-20 22:06:27 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkaspectframe.c:112
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "X alignment of the child"
msgstr ""
2.7.0
2005-06-20 22:06:27 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkaspectframe.c:118
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Vertical Alignment"
msgstr "ردیف کردن عمودی"
2.7.0
2005-06-20 22:06:27 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkaspectframe.c:119
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Y alignment of the child"
msgstr ""
2.7.0
2005-06-20 22:06:27 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkaspectframe.c:125
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Ratio"
msgstr "نسبت"
2.7.0
2005-06-20 22:06:27 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkaspectframe.c:126
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Aspect ratio if obey_child is FALSE"
msgstr ""
2.7.0
2005-06-20 22:06:27 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkaspectframe.c:132
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Obey child"
msgstr ""
2.7.0
2005-06-20 22:06:27 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkaspectframe.c:133
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Force aspect ratio to match that of the frame's child"
msgstr ""
2.5.2
2004-08-25 16:21:15 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkbbox.c:121
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Minimum child width"
msgstr "حداقل عرض فرزند"
2.5.2
2004-08-25 16:21:15 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkbbox.c:122
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Minimum width of buttons inside the box"
msgstr "حداقل عرض دکمه‌های داخل جعبه"
2.5.2
2004-08-25 16:21:15 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkbbox.c:130
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Minimum child height"
msgstr "حداقل ارتفاع فرزند"
2.5.2
2004-08-25 16:21:15 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkbbox.c:131
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Minimum height of buttons inside the box"
msgstr "حداقل ارتفاع دکمه‌های داخل جعبه"
2.5.2
2004-08-25 16:21:15 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkbbox.c:139
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Child internal width padding"
msgstr ""
2.5.2
2004-08-25 16:21:15 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkbbox.c:140
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Amount to increase child's size on either side"
msgstr ""
2.5.2
2004-08-25 16:21:15 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkbbox.c:148
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Child internal height padding"
msgstr ""
2.5.2
2004-08-25 16:21:15 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkbbox.c:149
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Amount to increase child's size on the top and bottom"
msgstr ""
2.5.2
2004-08-25 16:21:15 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkbbox.c:157
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Layout style"
msgstr "سبک صفحه‌بندی"
2.5.2
2004-08-25 16:21:15 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkbbox.c:158
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid ""
"How to layout the buttons in the box. Possible values are default, spread, "
"edge, start and end"
msgstr ""
2.5.2
2004-08-25 16:21:15 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkbbox.c:166
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Secondary"
msgstr "ثانویه"
2.5.2
2004-08-25 16:21:15 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkbbox.c:167
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid ""
"If TRUE, the child appears in a secondary group of children, suitable for, e."
"g., help buttons"
msgstr ""
2.8.1
2005-08-24 06:29:12 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkbox.c:131 gtk/gtkexpander.c:230 gtk/gtkiconview.c:628
2.7.0
2005-06-20 22:06:27 +00:00
#: gtk/gtktreeviewcolumn.c:251
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Spacing"
msgstr "فاصله‌گذاری"
2.7.0
2005-06-20 22:06:27 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkbox.c:132
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "The amount of space between children"
msgstr "مقدار فاصله بین فرزندان"
2.7.0
2005-06-20 22:06:27 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkbox.c:141 gtk/gtknotebook.c:477 gtk/gtktoolbar.c:558
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Homogeneous"
msgstr "همگن"
2.7.0
2005-06-20 22:06:27 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkbox.c:142
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Whether the children should all be the same size"
msgstr ""
2.7.0
2005-06-20 22:06:27 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkbox.c:149 gtk/gtkpreview.c:134 gtk/gtktoolbar.c:550
#: gtk/gtktreeviewcolumn.c:307
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Expand"
msgstr ""
2.7.0
2005-06-20 22:06:27 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkbox.c:150
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Whether the child should receive extra space when the parent grows"
msgstr ""
2.7.0
2005-06-20 22:06:27 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkbox.c:156
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Fill"
msgstr ""
2.7.0
2005-06-20 22:06:27 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkbox.c:157
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid ""
"Whether extra space given to the child should be allocated to the child or "
"used as padding"
msgstr ""
2.7.0
2005-06-20 22:06:27 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkbox.c:163
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Padding"
msgstr "لایی‌گذاری"
2.7.0
2005-06-20 22:06:27 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkbox.c:164
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Extra space to put between the child and its neighbors, in pixels"
msgstr ""
2.7.0
2005-06-20 22:06:27 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkbox.c:170
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Pack type"
msgstr ""
2.7.0
2005-06-20 22:06:27 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkbox.c:171 gtk/gtknotebook.c:521
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid ""
"A GtkPackType indicating whether the child is packed with reference to the "
"start or end of the parent"
msgstr ""
2.7.1
2005-07-01 19:24:05 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkbox.c:177 gtk/gtknotebook.c:499 gtk/gtkpaned.c:245
2.7.0
2005-06-20 22:06:27 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkruler.c:142
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Position"
msgstr "موقعیت"
2.7.0
2005-06-20 22:06:27 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkbox.c:178 gtk/gtknotebook.c:500
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "The index of the child in the parent"
msgstr ""
2.7.1
2005-07-01 19:24:05 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkbutton.c:227
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid ""
"Text of the label widget inside the button, if the button contains a label "
"widget"
msgstr ""
2.7.3
2005-07-15 20:33:47 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkbutton.c:234 gtk/gtkexpander.c:214 gtk/gtklabel.c:343
2.7.0
2005-06-20 22:06:27 +00:00
#: gtk/gtktoolbutton.c:194
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Use underline"
msgstr "استفاده از زیرخط‌دار"
2.7.3
2005-07-15 20:33:47 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkbutton.c:235 gtk/gtkexpander.c:215 gtk/gtklabel.c:344
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid ""
"If set, an underline in the text indicates the next character should be used "
"for the mnemonic accelerator key"
msgstr ""
2.7.1
2005-07-01 19:24:05 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkbutton.c:242
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Use stock"
msgstr ""
2.7.1
2005-07-01 19:24:05 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkbutton.c:243
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid ""
"If set, the label is used to pick a stock item instead of being displayed"
msgstr ""
2.7.4
2005-07-22 20:28:31 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkbutton.c:250 gtk/gtkcombobox.c:683
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Focus on click"
msgstr ""
2.7.1
2005-07-01 19:24:05 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkbutton.c:251
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Whether the button grabs focus when it is clicked with the mouse"
msgstr ""
2.7.1
2005-07-01 19:24:05 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkbutton.c:258
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Border relief"
msgstr ""
2.7.1
2005-07-01 19:24:05 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkbutton.c:259
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "The border relief style"
msgstr ""
2.7.1
2005-07-01 19:24:05 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkbutton.c:276
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Horizontal alignment for child"
msgstr ""
2.7.1
2005-07-01 19:24:05 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkbutton.c:295
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Vertical alignment for child"
msgstr ""
2.7.2
2005-07-08 18:52:47 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkbutton.c:312 gtk/gtkimagemenuitem.c:133
2.5.6
2004-12-03 06:32:17 +00:00
msgid "Image widget"
msgstr "ویجت تصویر"
2.7.1
2005-07-01 19:24:05 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkbutton.c:313
2.5.6
2004-12-03 06:32:17 +00:00
msgid "Child widget to appear next to the button text"
msgstr ""
2.7.1
2005-07-01 19:24:05 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkbutton.c:421
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Default Spacing"
msgstr "فاصله‌گذاری پیش‌فرض"
2.7.1
2005-07-01 19:24:05 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkbutton.c:422
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Extra space to add for CAN_DEFAULT buttons"
msgstr ""
2.7.1
2005-07-01 19:24:05 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkbutton.c:428
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Default Outside Spacing"
msgstr "فاصله‌گذاری پیش‌فرض خارجی"
2.7.1
2005-07-01 19:24:05 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkbutton.c:429
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid ""
"Extra space to add for CAN_DEFAULT buttons that is always drawn outside the "
"border"
msgstr ""
2.7.1
2005-07-01 19:24:05 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkbutton.c:434
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Child X Displacement"
msgstr ""
2.7.1
2005-07-01 19:24:05 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkbutton.c:435
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid ""
"How far in the x direction to move the child when the button is depressed"
msgstr ""
2.7.1
2005-07-01 19:24:05 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkbutton.c:442
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Child Y Displacement"
msgstr ""
2.7.1
2005-07-01 19:24:05 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkbutton.c:443
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid ""
"How far in the y direction to move the child when the button is depressed"
msgstr ""
2.7.1
2005-07-01 19:24:05 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkbutton.c:459
*** empty log message ***
2004-10-28 03:28:56 +00:00
#, fuzzy
msgid "Displace focus"
msgstr "بلوک‌های گسسته"
2.7.1
2005-07-01 19:24:05 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkbutton.c:460
*** empty log message ***
2004-10-28 03:28:56 +00:00
msgid ""
"Whether the child_displacement_x/_y properties should also affect the focus "
"rectangle"
msgstr ""
2.7.1
2005-07-01 19:24:05 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkbutton.c:465
=== Released 2.3.3 === Tue Feb 24 14:45:03 2004 Owen Taylor <otaylor@redhat.com> * === Released 2.3.3 === * configure.in: Version 2.3.3, interface age 0. * NEWS: Finish updates for 2.3.3.
2004-02-24 22:25:41 +00:00
msgid "Show button images"
msgstr ""
2.7.1
2005-07-01 19:24:05 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkbutton.c:466
=== Released 2.3.3 === Tue Feb 24 14:45:03 2004 Owen Taylor <otaylor@redhat.com> * === Released 2.3.3 === * configure.in: Version 2.3.3, interface age 0. * NEWS: Finish updates for 2.3.3.
2004-02-24 22:25:41 +00:00
msgid "Whether stock icons should be shown in buttons"
msgstr ""
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
# naashenaakhte, naashenaas, naama'loom, naamoshakhkhas
2.7.0
2005-06-20 22:06:27 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkcalendar.c:419
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Year"
msgstr "سال"
2.7.0
2005-06-20 22:06:27 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkcalendar.c:420
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "The selected year"
msgstr "سال انتخاب شده"
2.7.0
2005-06-20 22:06:27 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkcalendar.c:426
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Month"
msgstr "ماه"
2.7.0
2005-06-20 22:06:27 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkcalendar.c:427
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "The selected month (as a number between 0 and 11)"
msgstr "ماه انتخاب شده (به‌شکل عددی بین ۰ و ۱۱)"
2.7.0
2005-06-20 22:06:27 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkcalendar.c:433
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Day"
msgstr "روز"
2.7.0
2005-06-20 22:06:27 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkcalendar.c:434
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid ""
"The selected day (as a number between 1 and 31, or 0 to unselect the "
"currently selected day)"
msgstr ""
"روز انتخاب شده (به شکل عددی بین ۱ و ۳۱، یا ۰ برای از انتخاب خارج کردن روز "
"انتخاب‌شده‌ی فعلی)"
2.7.0
2005-06-20 22:06:27 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkcalendar.c:448
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Show Heading"
msgstr ""
2.7.0
2005-06-20 22:06:27 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkcalendar.c:449
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "If TRUE, a heading is displayed"
msgstr ""
2.7.0
2005-06-20 22:06:27 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkcalendar.c:463
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Show Day Names"
msgstr "نمایش نام روزها"
2.7.0
2005-06-20 22:06:27 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkcalendar.c:464
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "If TRUE, day names are displayed"
msgstr ""
2.7.0
2005-06-20 22:06:27 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkcalendar.c:477
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "No Month Change"
msgstr "ماه تغییر نکند"
2.7.0
2005-06-20 22:06:27 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkcalendar.c:478
=== Released 2.5.0 === Sun Jul 18 17:21:10 2004 Soeren Sandmann <sandmann@daimi.au.dk> * === Released 2.5.0 === * NEWS: updates * tests/testcombo.c: Fix compilation
2004-07-20 02:26:06 +00:00
msgid "If TRUE, the selected month cannot be changed"
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgstr ""
2.7.0
2005-06-20 22:06:27 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkcalendar.c:492
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Show Week Numbers"
msgstr "نمایش شماره‌ی هفته‌ها"
2.7.0
2005-06-20 22:06:27 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkcalendar.c:493
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "If TRUE, week numbers are displayed"
msgstr ""
2.7.0
2005-06-20 22:06:27 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkcellrenderer.c:206
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "mode"
msgstr "حالت"
2.7.0
2005-06-20 22:06:27 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkcellrenderer.c:207
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Editable mode of the CellRenderer"
msgstr ""
2.6.0
2004-12-16 18:21:44 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkcellrenderer.c:215
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "visible"
msgstr "مرئی"
2.6.0
2004-12-16 18:21:44 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkcellrenderer.c:216
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Display the cell"
msgstr "نمایش سلول"
2.6.0
2004-12-16 18:21:44 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkcellrenderer.c:223
=== Released 2.5.0 === Sun Jul 18 17:21:10 2004 Soeren Sandmann <sandmann@daimi.au.dk> * === Released 2.5.0 === * NEWS: updates * tests/testcombo.c: Fix compilation
2004-07-20 02:26:06 +00:00
#, fuzzy
msgid "Display the cell sensitive"
msgstr "نمایش سلول"
2.6.0
2004-12-16 18:21:44 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkcellrenderer.c:230
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "xalign"
msgstr ""
2.6.0
2004-12-16 18:21:44 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkcellrenderer.c:231
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "The x-align"
msgstr ""
2.7.0
2005-06-20 22:06:27 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkcellrenderer.c:240
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "yalign"
msgstr ""
2.7.0
2005-06-20 22:06:27 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkcellrenderer.c:241
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "The y-align"
msgstr ""
2.7.0
2005-06-20 22:06:27 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkcellrenderer.c:250
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "xpad"
msgstr ""
2.7.0
2005-06-20 22:06:27 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkcellrenderer.c:251
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "The xpad"
msgstr ""
2.7.0
2005-06-20 22:06:27 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkcellrenderer.c:260
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "ypad"
msgstr ""
2.7.0
2005-06-20 22:06:27 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkcellrenderer.c:261
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "The ypad"
msgstr ""
2.7.0
2005-06-20 22:06:27 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkcellrenderer.c:270
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "width"
msgstr "عرض"
2.7.0
2005-06-20 22:06:27 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkcellrenderer.c:271
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "The fixed width"
msgstr "عرض ثابت"
2.7.0
2005-06-20 22:06:27 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkcellrenderer.c:280
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "height"
msgstr "ارتفاع"
2.7.0
2005-06-20 22:06:27 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkcellrenderer.c:281
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "The fixed height"
msgstr "ارتفاع ثابت"
2.7.0
2005-06-20 22:06:27 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkcellrenderer.c:290
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Is Expander"
msgstr ""
2.7.0
2005-06-20 22:06:27 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkcellrenderer.c:291
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Row has children"
msgstr "سطر فرزند دارد."
2.7.0
2005-06-20 22:06:27 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkcellrenderer.c:299
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Is Expanded"
msgstr "بسط‌یافته است"
2.7.0
2005-06-20 22:06:27 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkcellrenderer.c:300
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Row is an expander row, and is expanded"
msgstr ""
2.7.0
2005-06-20 22:06:27 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkcellrenderer.c:307
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Cell background color name"
msgstr "نام رنگ پس‌زمینه‌ی خانه"
2.7.0
2005-06-20 22:06:27 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkcellrenderer.c:308
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Cell background color as a string"
msgstr ""
2.7.0
2005-06-20 22:06:27 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkcellrenderer.c:315
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Cell background color"
msgstr "رنگ پس‌زمینه‌ی خانه"
2.7.0
2005-06-20 22:06:27 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkcellrenderer.c:316
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Cell background color as a GdkColor"
msgstr "رنگ پس‌زمینه‌ی خانه به‌عنوان یک GdkColor"
2.7.0
2005-06-20 22:06:27 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkcellrenderer.c:324
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Cell background set"
msgstr ""
2.7.0
2005-06-20 22:06:27 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkcellrenderer.c:325
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Whether this tag affects the cell background color"
msgstr "آیا این برچسب بر رنگ پس‌زمینه‌ی خانه تأثیر می‌گذارد یا نه"
2.7.0
2005-06-20 22:06:27 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkcellrenderercombo.c:89
*** empty log message ***
2004-10-28 03:28:56 +00:00
#, fuzzy
msgid "Model"
msgstr "حالت"
2.7.0
2005-06-20 22:06:27 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkcellrenderercombo.c:90
*** empty log message ***
2004-10-28 03:28:56 +00:00
msgid "The model containing the possible values for the combo box"
msgstr ""
2.7.0
2005-06-20 22:06:27 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkcellrenderercombo.c:110 gtk/gtkcomboboxentry.c:122
*** empty log message ***
2004-10-28 03:28:56 +00:00
msgid "Text Column"
msgstr "ستون متن"
2.7.0
2005-06-20 22:06:27 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkcellrenderercombo.c:111 gtk/gtkcomboboxentry.c:123
*** empty log message ***
2004-10-28 03:28:56 +00:00
msgid "A column in the data source model to get the strings from"
msgstr ""
2.7.0
2005-06-20 22:06:27 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkcellrenderercombo.c:128
*** empty log message ***
2004-10-28 03:28:56 +00:00
msgid "Has Entry"
msgstr ""
2.7.0
2005-06-20 22:06:27 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkcellrenderercombo.c:129
2.5.5
2004-11-12 17:52:08 +00:00
msgid "If FALSE, don't allow to enter strings other than the chosen ones"
*** empty log message ***
2004-10-28 03:28:56 +00:00
msgstr ""
2.7.0
2005-06-20 22:06:27 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkcellrendererpixbuf.c:145
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Pixbuf Object"
msgstr ""
2.7.0
2005-06-20 22:06:27 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkcellrendererpixbuf.c:146
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "The pixbuf to render"
msgstr ""
2.7.0
2005-06-20 22:06:27 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkcellrendererpixbuf.c:153
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Pixbuf Expander Open"
msgstr ""
2.7.0
2005-06-20 22:06:27 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkcellrendererpixbuf.c:154
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Pixbuf for open expander"
msgstr ""
2.7.0
2005-06-20 22:06:27 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkcellrendererpixbuf.c:161
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Pixbuf Expander Closed"
msgstr ""
2.7.0
2005-06-20 22:06:27 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkcellrendererpixbuf.c:162
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Pixbuf for closed expander"
msgstr ""
2.7.0
2005-06-20 22:06:27 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkcellrendererpixbuf.c:169 gtk/gtkimage.c:203
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Stock ID"
msgstr ""
2.7.0
2005-06-20 22:06:27 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkcellrendererpixbuf.c:170
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "The stock ID of the stock icon to render"
msgstr ""
2.7.0
2005-06-20 22:06:27 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkcellrendererpixbuf.c:177
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Size"
msgstr "اندازه"
2.7.0
2005-06-20 22:06:27 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkcellrendererpixbuf.c:178
=== Released 2.3.3 === Tue Feb 24 14:45:03 2004 Owen Taylor <otaylor@redhat.com> * === Released 2.3.3 === * configure.in: Version 2.3.3, interface age 0. * NEWS: Finish updates for 2.3.3.
2004-02-24 22:25:41 +00:00
#, fuzzy
msgid "The GtkIconSize value that specifies the size of the rendered icon"
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgstr "اندازه‌ی شمایل کشیده‌شده"
2.7.0
2005-06-20 22:06:27 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkcellrendererpixbuf.c:187
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Detail"
msgstr "جزئیات"
2.7.0
2005-06-20 22:06:27 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkcellrendererpixbuf.c:188
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Render detail to pass to the theme engine"
msgstr ""
2.8.1
2005-08-24 06:29:12 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkcellrendererpixbuf.c:205 gtk/gtkimage.c:261 gtk/gtkwindow.c:530
2.7.0
2005-06-20 22:06:27 +00:00
#, fuzzy
msgid "Icon Name"
msgstr "نام قلم"
#: gtk/gtkcellrendererpixbuf.c:206 gtk/gtkimage.c:262
#, fuzzy
msgid "The name of the icon from the icon theme"
msgstr "نام قلم انتخاب‌شده"
#: gtk/gtkcellrendererpixbuf.c:221
msgid "Follow State"
msgstr ""
#: gtk/gtkcellrendererpixbuf.c:222
msgid "Whether the rendered pixbuf should be colorized according to the state"
msgstr ""
#: gtk/gtkcellrendererprogress.c:117
*** empty log message ***
2004-10-28 03:28:56 +00:00
#, fuzzy
msgid "Value of the progress bar"
msgstr "متنی که باید در نوار پیش‌رفت نمایش یابد"
2.7.0
2005-06-20 22:06:27 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkcellrendererprogress.c:134 gtk/gtkcellrenderertext.c:219
2.7.3
2005-07-15 20:33:47 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkentry.c:577 gtk/gtkprogressbar.c:221 gtk/gtktextbuffer.c:206
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Text"
msgstr "متن"
2.7.0
2005-06-20 22:06:27 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkcellrendererprogress.c:135
*** empty log message ***
2004-10-28 03:28:56 +00:00
#, fuzzy
msgid "Text on the progress bar"
msgstr "متنی که باید در نوار پیش‌رفت نمایش یابد"
2.7.0
2005-06-20 22:06:27 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkcellrenderertext.c:220
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Text to render"
msgstr "متن برای نمایش"
2.7.0
2005-06-20 22:06:27 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkcellrenderertext.c:227
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Markup"
msgstr "نشان‌گذاری"
2.7.0
2005-06-20 22:06:27 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkcellrenderertext.c:228
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Marked up text to render"
msgstr "متن نشان‌گذاری‌شده برای نمایش"
2.7.3
2005-07-15 20:33:47 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkcellrenderertext.c:235 gtk/gtklabel.c:329
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Attributes"
msgstr "مشخصه‌ها"
2.7.0
2005-06-20 22:06:27 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkcellrenderertext.c:236
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "A list of style attributes to apply to the text of the renderer"
msgstr ""
2.7.0
2005-06-20 22:06:27 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkcellrenderertext.c:243
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Single Paragraph Mode"
msgstr "حالت تک‌بند"
2.7.0
2005-06-20 22:06:27 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkcellrenderertext.c:244
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Whether or not to keep all text in a single paragraph"
msgstr ""
2.7.0
2005-06-20 22:06:27 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkcellrenderertext.c:252 gtk/gtkcellview.c:183 gtk/gtktexttag.c:211
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Background color name"
msgstr "نام رنگ پس‌زمینه"
2.7.0
2005-06-20 22:06:27 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkcellrenderertext.c:253 gtk/gtkcellview.c:184 gtk/gtktexttag.c:212
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Background color as a string"
msgstr "رنگ پس‌زمینه به‌عنوان یک رشته"
2.7.0
2005-06-20 22:06:27 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkcellrenderertext.c:260 gtk/gtkcellview.c:190 gtk/gtktexttag.c:219
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Background color"
msgstr "رنگ پس‌زمینه"
2.7.0
2005-06-20 22:06:27 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkcellrenderertext.c:261 gtk/gtkcellview.c:191
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Background color as a GdkColor"
msgstr "رنگ پس‌زمینه به‌عنوان یک GdkColor"
2.7.0
2005-06-20 22:06:27 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkcellrenderertext.c:268 gtk/gtktexttag.c:245
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Foreground color name"
msgstr "نام رنگ پیش‌زمینه"
2.7.0
2005-06-20 22:06:27 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkcellrenderertext.c:269 gtk/gtktexttag.c:246
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Foreground color as a string"
msgstr "رنگ پیش‌زمینه به‌عنوان یک رشته"
2.7.0
2005-06-20 22:06:27 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkcellrenderertext.c:276 gtk/gtktexttag.c:253
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Foreground color"
msgstr "رنگ پیش‌زمینه"
2.7.0
2005-06-20 22:06:27 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkcellrenderertext.c:277
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Foreground color as a GdkColor"
msgstr "رنگ پیش‌زمینه به‌عنوان یک GdkColor"
# hich-yek, hich-kodaam, be-hich-vajh, aslan
2.7.3
2005-07-15 20:33:47 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkcellrenderertext.c:285 gtk/gtkentry.c:509 gtk/gtktexttag.c:279
2.7.0
2005-06-20 22:06:27 +00:00
#: gtk/gtktextview.c:578
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Editable"
msgstr "ویرایش‌پذیر"
2.7.0
2005-06-20 22:06:27 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkcellrenderertext.c:286 gtk/gtktexttag.c:280 gtk/gtktextview.c:579
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Whether the text can be modified by the user"
msgstr ""
2.7.0
2005-06-20 22:06:27 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkcellrenderertext.c:293 gtk/gtkcellrenderertext.c:301
#: gtk/gtkfontsel.c:223 gtk/gtktexttag.c:287 gtk/gtktexttag.c:295
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Font"
msgstr "قلم"
2.7.0
2005-06-20 22:06:27 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkcellrenderertext.c:294
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Font description as a string"
msgstr "توصیف قلم به‌عنوان یک رشته"
2.7.0
2005-06-20 22:06:27 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkcellrenderertext.c:302 gtk/gtktexttag.c:296
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Font description as a PangoFontDescription struct"
msgstr "توصیف قلم به‌عنوان یک PangoFontDescription struct"
2.7.0
2005-06-20 22:06:27 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkcellrenderertext.c:310 gtk/gtktexttag.c:304
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Font family"
msgstr "خانواده‌ی قلم"
2.7.0
2005-06-20 22:06:27 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkcellrenderertext.c:311 gtk/gtktexttag.c:305
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Name of the font family, e.g. Sans, Helvetica, Times, Monospace"
msgstr "نام خانواده‌ی قلم، مثلاً ترافیک، تیتر، نازنین"
2.7.0
2005-06-20 22:06:27 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkcellrenderertext.c:318 gtk/gtkcellrenderertext.c:319
#: gtk/gtktexttag.c:312
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Font style"
msgstr "سبک قلم"
2.7.0
2005-06-20 22:06:27 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkcellrenderertext.c:327 gtk/gtkcellrenderertext.c:328
#: gtk/gtktexttag.c:321
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Font variant"
msgstr ""
2.7.0
2005-06-20 22:06:27 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkcellrenderertext.c:336 gtk/gtkcellrenderertext.c:337
#: gtk/gtktexttag.c:330
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Font weight"
msgstr "وزن قلم"
2.7.0
2005-06-20 22:06:27 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkcellrenderertext.c:346 gtk/gtkcellrenderertext.c:347
#: gtk/gtktexttag.c:341
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Font stretch"
msgstr "کشیدگی قلم"
2.7.0
2005-06-20 22:06:27 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkcellrenderertext.c:355 gtk/gtkcellrenderertext.c:356
#: gtk/gtktexttag.c:350
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Font size"
msgstr "اندازه‌ی قلم"
2.7.0
2005-06-20 22:06:27 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkcellrenderertext.c:365 gtk/gtktexttag.c:370
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Font points"
msgstr "پونت قلم"
2.7.0
2005-06-20 22:06:27 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkcellrenderertext.c:366 gtk/gtktexttag.c:371
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Font size in points"
msgstr "اندازه‌ی قلم به پونت"
2.7.0
2005-06-20 22:06:27 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkcellrenderertext.c:375 gtk/gtktexttag.c:360
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Font scale"
msgstr "مقیاس قلم"
2.7.0
2005-06-20 22:06:27 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkcellrenderertext.c:376
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Font scaling factor"
msgstr ""
2.7.0
2005-06-20 22:06:27 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkcellrenderertext.c:385 gtk/gtktexttag.c:429
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Rise"
msgstr ""
2.7.0
2005-06-20 22:06:27 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkcellrenderertext.c:386
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid ""
"Offset of text above the baseline (below the baseline if rise is negative)"
msgstr ""
2.7.0
2005-06-20 22:06:27 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkcellrenderertext.c:397 gtk/gtktexttag.c:469
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Strikethrough"
msgstr ""
2.7.0
2005-06-20 22:06:27 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkcellrenderertext.c:398 gtk/gtktexttag.c:470
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Whether to strike through the text"
msgstr ""
2.7.0
2005-06-20 22:06:27 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkcellrenderertext.c:405 gtk/gtktexttag.c:477
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Underline"
msgstr "زیرخط‌دار"
2.7.0
2005-06-20 22:06:27 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkcellrenderertext.c:406 gtk/gtktexttag.c:478
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Style of underline for this text"
msgstr "سبک خط زیر برای این متن"
2.7.0
2005-06-20 22:06:27 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkcellrenderertext.c:414 gtk/gtktexttag.c:389
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Language"
msgstr "زبان"
2.7.0
2005-06-20 22:06:27 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkcellrenderertext.c:415
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid ""
"The language this text is in, as an ISO code. Pango can use this as a hint "
"when rendering the text. If you don't understand this parameter, you "
"probably don't need it"
msgstr ""
"زبانی که این متن به آن زبان است، به شکل کد ISO. پنگو می‌تواند از این مقدار "
"به‌عنوان راهنمایی هنگام نمایش متن استفاده کند. اگر این پارامتر را "
"نمی‌فهمیداحتمالاً لازمش ندارید"
2.7.3
2005-07-15 20:33:47 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkcellrenderertext.c:435 gtk/gtklabel.c:435 gtk/gtkprogressbar.c:243
2.5.1
2004-08-01 05:55:01 +00:00
msgid "Ellipsize"
msgstr ""
2.7.0
2005-06-20 22:06:27 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkcellrenderertext.c:436
2.5.1
2004-08-01 05:55:01 +00:00
msgid ""
"The preferred place to ellipsize the string, if the cell renderer does not "
"have enough room to display the entire string, if at all"
msgstr ""
2.7.0
2005-06-20 22:06:27 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkcellrenderertext.c:455 gtk/gtkfilechooserbutton.c:367
2.7.3
2005-07-15 20:33:47 +00:00
#: gtk/gtklabel.c:455
2.6.0
2004-12-16 18:21:44 +00:00
#, fuzzy
msgid "Width In Characters"
msgstr "عرض برحسب نویسه"
2.7.3
2005-07-15 20:33:47 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkcellrenderertext.c:456 gtk/gtklabel.c:456
2.6.0
2004-12-16 18:21:44 +00:00
msgid "The desired width of the label, in characters"
msgstr ""
2.7.0
2005-06-20 22:06:27 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkcellrenderertext.c:474 gtk/gtktexttag.c:486
msgid "Wrap mode"
msgstr "حالت پیچیدن"
#: gtk/gtkcellrenderertext.c:475
msgid ""
"How to break the string into multiple lines, if the cell renderer does not "
"have enough room to display the entire string"
msgstr ""
2.7.4
2005-07-22 20:28:31 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkcellrenderertext.c:494 gtk/gtkcombobox.c:573
2.7.0
2005-06-20 22:06:27 +00:00
msgid "Wrap width"
msgstr ""
#: gtk/gtkcellrenderertext.c:495
msgid "The width at which the text is wrapped"
msgstr ""
2.7.3
2005-07-15 20:33:47 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkcellrenderertext.c:507 gtk/gtkcellview.c:198 gtk/gtktexttag.c:556
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Background set"
msgstr ""
2.7.3
2005-07-15 20:33:47 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkcellrenderertext.c:508 gtk/gtkcellview.c:199 gtk/gtktexttag.c:557
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Whether this tag affects the background color"
msgstr "این که آیا این برچسب بر رنگ پس‌زمینه تأثیر می‌گذارد یا نه"
2.7.3
2005-07-15 20:33:47 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkcellrenderertext.c:511 gtk/gtktexttag.c:568
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Foreground set"
msgstr ""
2.7.3
2005-07-15 20:33:47 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkcellrenderertext.c:512 gtk/gtktexttag.c:569
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Whether this tag affects the foreground color"
msgstr "این که آیا این برچسب بر رنگ پس‌زمینه تأثیر می‌گذارد یا نه"
# hich-yek, hich-kodaam, be-hich-vajh, aslan
2.7.3
2005-07-15 20:33:47 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkcellrenderertext.c:515 gtk/gtktexttag.c:576
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Editability set"
msgstr ""
2.7.3
2005-07-15 20:33:47 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkcellrenderertext.c:516 gtk/gtktexttag.c:577
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Whether this tag affects text editability"
msgstr ""
2.7.3
2005-07-15 20:33:47 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkcellrenderertext.c:519 gtk/gtktexttag.c:580
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Font family set"
msgstr ""
2.7.3
2005-07-15 20:33:47 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkcellrenderertext.c:520 gtk/gtktexttag.c:581
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Whether this tag affects the font family"
msgstr ""
2.7.3
2005-07-15 20:33:47 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkcellrenderertext.c:523 gtk/gtktexttag.c:584
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Font style set"
msgstr ""
2.7.3
2005-07-15 20:33:47 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkcellrenderertext.c:524 gtk/gtktexttag.c:585
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Whether this tag affects the font style"
msgstr ""
2.7.3
2005-07-15 20:33:47 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkcellrenderertext.c:527 gtk/gtktexttag.c:588
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Font variant set"
msgstr ""
2.7.3
2005-07-15 20:33:47 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkcellrenderertext.c:528 gtk/gtktexttag.c:589
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Whether this tag affects the font variant"
msgstr ""
2.7.3
2005-07-15 20:33:47 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkcellrenderertext.c:531 gtk/gtktexttag.c:592
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Font weight set"
msgstr ""
2.7.3
2005-07-15 20:33:47 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkcellrenderertext.c:532 gtk/gtktexttag.c:593
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Whether this tag affects the font weight"
msgstr ""
2.7.3
2005-07-15 20:33:47 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkcellrenderertext.c:535 gtk/gtktexttag.c:596
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Font stretch set"
msgstr ""
2.7.3
2005-07-15 20:33:47 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkcellrenderertext.c:536 gtk/gtktexttag.c:597
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Whether this tag affects the font stretch"
msgstr ""
2.7.3
2005-07-15 20:33:47 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkcellrenderertext.c:539 gtk/gtktexttag.c:600
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Font size set"
msgstr ""
2.7.3
2005-07-15 20:33:47 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkcellrenderertext.c:540 gtk/gtktexttag.c:601
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Whether this tag affects the font size"
msgstr ""
2.7.3
2005-07-15 20:33:47 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkcellrenderertext.c:543 gtk/gtktexttag.c:604
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Font scale set"
msgstr ""
2.7.3
2005-07-15 20:33:47 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkcellrenderertext.c:544 gtk/gtktexttag.c:605
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Whether this tag scales the font size by a factor"
msgstr ""
2.7.3
2005-07-15 20:33:47 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkcellrenderertext.c:547 gtk/gtktexttag.c:624
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Rise set"
msgstr ""
2.7.3
2005-07-15 20:33:47 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkcellrenderertext.c:548 gtk/gtktexttag.c:625
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Whether this tag affects the rise"
msgstr ""
2.7.3
2005-07-15 20:33:47 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkcellrenderertext.c:551 gtk/gtktexttag.c:640
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Strikethrough set"
msgstr ""
2.7.3
2005-07-15 20:33:47 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkcellrenderertext.c:552 gtk/gtktexttag.c:641
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Whether this tag affects strikethrough"
msgstr ""
2.7.3
2005-07-15 20:33:47 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkcellrenderertext.c:555 gtk/gtktexttag.c:648
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Underline set"
msgstr ""
2.7.3
2005-07-15 20:33:47 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkcellrenderertext.c:556 gtk/gtktexttag.c:649
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Whether this tag affects underlining"
msgstr ""
2.7.3
2005-07-15 20:33:47 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkcellrenderertext.c:559 gtk/gtktexttag.c:612
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Language set"
msgstr ""
2.7.3
2005-07-15 20:33:47 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkcellrenderertext.c:560 gtk/gtktexttag.c:613
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Whether this tag affects the language the text is rendered as"
msgstr ""
2.7.0
2005-06-20 22:06:27 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkcellrenderertext.c:563
*** empty log message ***
2004-10-28 03:28:56 +00:00
msgid "Ellipsize set"
msgstr ""
2.7.0
2005-06-20 22:06:27 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkcellrenderertext.c:564
2.5.1
2004-08-01 05:55:01 +00:00
#, fuzzy
msgid "Whether this tag affects the ellipsize mode"
msgstr "آیا این برچسب بر رنگ پس‌زمینه‌ی خانه تأثیر می‌گذارد یا نه"
2.7.0
2005-06-20 22:06:27 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkcellrenderertoggle.c:143
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Toggle state"
msgstr ""
2.7.0
2005-06-20 22:06:27 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkcellrenderertoggle.c:144
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "The toggle state of the button"
msgstr ""
2.5.2
2004-08-25 16:21:15 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkcellrenderertoggle.c:151
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Inconsistent state"
msgstr ""
2.5.2
2004-08-25 16:21:15 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkcellrenderertoggle.c:152
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "The inconsistent state of the button"
msgstr ""
# hich-yek, hich-kodaam, be-hich-vajh, aslan
2.7.0
2005-06-20 22:06:27 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkcellrenderertoggle.c:159
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Activatable"
msgstr "به‌کار‌انداختنی"
2.7.0
2005-06-20 22:06:27 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkcellrenderertoggle.c:160
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "The toggle button can be activated"
msgstr ""
2.7.0
2005-06-20 22:06:27 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkcellrenderertoggle.c:167
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Radio state"
msgstr ""
2.7.0
2005-06-20 22:06:27 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkcellrenderertoggle.c:168
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Draw the toggle button as a radio button"
msgstr ""
2.7.0
2005-06-20 22:06:27 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkcheckbutton.c:101 gtk/gtkcheckmenuitem.c:142 gtk/gtkoptionmenu.c:203
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Indicator Size"
msgstr ""
2.7.0
2005-06-20 22:06:27 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkcheckbutton.c:102 gtk/gtkcheckmenuitem.c:144
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Size of check or radio indicator"
msgstr ""
2.7.0
2005-06-20 22:06:27 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkcheckbutton.c:109 gtk/gtkexpander.c:256 gtk/gtkoptionmenu.c:209
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Indicator Spacing"
msgstr "فاصله‌گذاری نشانه"
2.7.0
2005-06-20 22:06:27 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkcheckbutton.c:110
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Spacing around check or radio indicator"
msgstr ""
2.7.0
2005-06-20 22:06:27 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkcheckmenuitem.c:119 gtk/gtktogglebutton.c:135
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Active"
msgstr "فعال"
2.7.0
2005-06-20 22:06:27 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkcheckmenuitem.c:120
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Whether the menu item is checked"
msgstr ""
2.7.0
2005-06-20 22:06:27 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkcheckmenuitem.c:127 gtk/gtktogglebutton.c:143
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Inconsistent"
msgstr "ناهماهنگ"
2.7.0
2005-06-20 22:06:27 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkcheckmenuitem.c:128
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Whether to display an \"inconsistent\" state"
msgstr ""
2.7.0
2005-06-20 22:06:27 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkcheckmenuitem.c:135
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Draw as radio menu item"
msgstr ""
2.7.0
2005-06-20 22:06:27 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkcheckmenuitem.c:136
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Whether the menu item looks like a radio menu item"
msgstr ""
2.7.0
2005-06-20 22:06:27 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkcolorbutton.c:204
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Use alpha"
msgstr "استفاده از آلفا"
2.7.0
2005-06-20 22:06:27 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkcolorbutton.c:205
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Whether or not to give the color an alpha value"
msgstr ""
2.7.0
2005-06-20 22:06:27 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkcolorbutton.c:219 gtk/gtkfilechooserbutton.c:353
#: gtk/gtkfontbutton.c:177 gtk/gtktreeviewcolumn.c:299
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Title"
msgstr "عنوان"
2.7.0
2005-06-20 22:06:27 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkcolorbutton.c:220
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "The title of the color selection dialog"
msgstr ""
2.7.1
2005-07-01 19:24:05 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkcolorbutton.c:234 gtk/gtkcolorsel.c:1888
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Current Color"
msgstr "رنگ فعلی"
2.7.0
2005-06-20 22:06:27 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkcolorbutton.c:235
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "The selected color"
msgstr "رنگ انتخاب‌شده"
2.7.1
2005-07-01 19:24:05 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkcolorbutton.c:249 gtk/gtkcolorsel.c:1895
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Current Alpha"
msgstr "آلفای فعلی"
2.7.0
2005-06-20 22:06:27 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkcolorbutton.c:250
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "The selected opacity value (0 fully transparent, 65535 fully opaque)"
msgstr ""
2.7.1
2005-07-01 19:24:05 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkcolorsel.c:1874
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Has Opacity Control"
msgstr "کنترل تیره‌گی دارد"
2.7.1
2005-07-01 19:24:05 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkcolorsel.c:1875
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Whether the color selector should allow setting opacity"
msgstr ""
2.7.1
2005-07-01 19:24:05 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkcolorsel.c:1881
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Has palette"
msgstr "تخته رنگ دارد"
2.7.1
2005-07-01 19:24:05 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkcolorsel.c:1882
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Whether a palette should be used"
msgstr ""
2.7.1
2005-07-01 19:24:05 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkcolorsel.c:1889
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "The current color"
msgstr "رنگ فعلی"
2.7.1
2005-07-01 19:24:05 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkcolorsel.c:1896
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "The current opacity value (0 fully transparent, 65535 fully opaque)"
msgstr ""
2.7.1
2005-07-01 19:24:05 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkcolorsel.c:1910
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Custom palette"
msgstr "تخته رنگ دست‌ساز"
2.7.1
2005-07-01 19:24:05 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkcolorsel.c:1911
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Palette to use in the color selector"
msgstr "تخته‌رنگی که باید در انتخابگر رنگ استفاده شود"
2.7.0
2005-06-20 22:06:27 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkcombo.c:146
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Enable arrow keys"
msgstr "به کار انداختن کلیدهای پیکان"
2.7.0
2005-06-20 22:06:27 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkcombo.c:147
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Whether the arrow keys move through the list of items"
msgstr ""
2.7.0
2005-06-20 22:06:27 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkcombo.c:153
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Always enable arrows"
msgstr ""
2.7.0
2005-06-20 22:06:27 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkcombo.c:154
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Obsolete property, ignored"
msgstr ""
2.7.0
2005-06-20 22:06:27 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkcombo.c:160
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Case sensitive"
msgstr "حساس به بزرگی و کوچکی"
2.7.0
2005-06-20 22:06:27 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkcombo.c:161
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Whether list item matching is case sensitive"
msgstr ""
2.7.0
2005-06-20 22:06:27 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkcombo.c:168
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Allow empty"
msgstr "مجاز بودن خالی"
2.7.0
2005-06-20 22:06:27 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkcombo.c:169
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Whether an empty value may be entered in this field"
msgstr ""
2.7.0
2005-06-20 22:06:27 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkcombo.c:176
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Value in list"
msgstr "مقدار در فهرست"
2.7.0
2005-06-20 22:06:27 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkcombo.c:177
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Whether entered values must already be present in the list"
msgstr ""
2.7.4
2005-07-22 20:28:31 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkcombobox.c:556
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "ComboBox model"
msgstr ""
2.7.4
2005-07-22 20:28:31 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkcombobox.c:557
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "The model for the combo box"
msgstr ""
2.7.4
2005-07-22 20:28:31 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkcombobox.c:574
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Wrap width for layouting the items in a grid"
msgstr ""
2.7.4
2005-07-22 20:28:31 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkcombobox.c:596
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Row span column"
msgstr ""
2.7.4
2005-07-22 20:28:31 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkcombobox.c:597
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "TreeModel column containing the row span values"
msgstr ""
2.7.4
2005-07-22 20:28:31 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkcombobox.c:618
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Column span column"
msgstr ""
2.7.4
2005-07-22 20:28:31 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkcombobox.c:619
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "TreeModel column containing the column span values"
msgstr ""
2.7.4
2005-07-22 20:28:31 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkcombobox.c:639
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Active item"
msgstr "مورد فعال"
2.7.4
2005-07-22 20:28:31 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkcombobox.c:640
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "The item which is currently active"
msgstr "موردی که هم‌اکنون فعال است"
2.7.4
2005-07-22 20:28:31 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkcombobox.c:659 gtk/gtkuimanager.c:232
=== Released 2.5.0 === Sun Jul 18 17:21:10 2004 Soeren Sandmann <sandmann@daimi.au.dk> * === Released 2.5.0 === * NEWS: updates * tests/testcombo.c: Fix compilation
2004-07-20 02:26:06 +00:00
msgid "Add tearoffs to menus"
msgstr ""
2.7.4
2005-07-22 20:28:31 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkcombobox.c:660
=== Released 2.5.0 === Sun Jul 18 17:21:10 2004 Soeren Sandmann <sandmann@daimi.au.dk> * === Released 2.5.0 === * NEWS: updates * tests/testcombo.c: Fix compilation
2004-07-20 02:26:06 +00:00
msgid "Whether dropdowns should have a tearoff menu item"
msgstr ""
2.7.4
2005-07-22 20:28:31 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkcombobox.c:675 gtk/gtkentry.c:534
=== Released 2.5.0 === Sun Jul 18 17:21:10 2004 Soeren Sandmann <sandmann@daimi.au.dk> * === Released 2.5.0 === * NEWS: updates * tests/testcombo.c: Fix compilation
2004-07-20 02:26:06 +00:00
msgid "Has Frame"
msgstr "قاب دارد"
2.7.4
2005-07-22 20:28:31 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkcombobox.c:676
=== Released 2.5.0 === Sun Jul 18 17:21:10 2004 Soeren Sandmann <sandmann@daimi.au.dk> * === Released 2.5.0 === * NEWS: updates * tests/testcombo.c: Fix compilation
2004-07-20 02:26:06 +00:00
msgid "Whether the combo box draws a frame around the child"
msgstr ""
2.7.4
2005-07-22 20:28:31 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkcombobox.c:684
2.5.2
2004-08-25 16:21:15 +00:00
msgid "Whether the combo box grabs focus when it is clicked with the mouse"
msgstr ""
2.7.4
2005-07-22 20:28:31 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkcombobox.c:690
=== Released 2.3.5 === Tue Mar 2 17:06:05 2004 Owen Taylor <otaylor@redhat.com> * === Released 2.3.5 === * NEWS: Updates * configure.in: Version 2.3.5, interface age 0. Require glib-2.3.5, pango-1.3.5.
2004-03-02 22:57:40 +00:00
msgid "Appears as list"
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgstr ""
2.7.4
2005-07-22 20:28:31 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkcombobox.c:691
=== Released 2.5.0 === Sun Jul 18 17:21:10 2004 Soeren Sandmann <sandmann@daimi.au.dk> * === Released 2.5.0 === * NEWS: updates * tests/testcombo.c: Fix compilation
2004-07-20 02:26:06 +00:00
msgid "Whether dropdowns should look like lists rather than menus"
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgstr ""
2.5.2
2004-08-25 16:21:15 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkcontainer.c:205
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Resize mode"
msgstr "حالت تغییر اندازه"
2.5.2
2004-08-25 16:21:15 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkcontainer.c:206
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Specify how resize events are handled"
msgstr ""
2.5.2
2004-08-25 16:21:15 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkcontainer.c:213
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Border width"
msgstr ""
2.5.2
2004-08-25 16:21:15 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkcontainer.c:214
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "The width of the empty border outside the containers children"
msgstr ""
2.5.2
2004-08-25 16:21:15 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkcontainer.c:222
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Child"
msgstr "فرزند"
2.5.2
2004-08-25 16:21:15 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkcontainer.c:223
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
#, fuzzy
msgid "Can be used to add a new child to the container"
msgstr "می‌تواند برای افزودن یک فرزند تازه به ؟؟؟ استفاده شود."
2.7.0
2005-06-20 22:06:27 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkcurve.c:124
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Curve type"
msgstr "نوع منحنی"
2.7.0
2005-06-20 22:06:27 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkcurve.c:125
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Is this curve linear, spline interpolated, or free-form"
msgstr ""
2.5.2
2004-08-25 16:21:15 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkcurve.c:132
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Minimum X"
msgstr "حداقل X"
2.5.2
2004-08-25 16:21:15 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkcurve.c:133
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Minimum possible value for X"
msgstr "حداقل مقدار ممکن برای X"
2.7.0
2005-06-20 22:06:27 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkcurve.c:141
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Maximum X"
msgstr "حداکثر X"
2.7.0
2005-06-20 22:06:27 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkcurve.c:142
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Maximum possible X value"
msgstr "حداکثر مقدار ممکن برای X"
2.7.0
2005-06-20 22:06:27 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkcurve.c:150
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Minimum Y"
msgstr "حداقل Y"
2.7.0
2005-06-20 22:06:27 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkcurve.c:151
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Minimum possible value for Y"
msgstr "حداقل مقدار ممکن برای Y"
2.7.0
2005-06-20 22:06:27 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkcurve.c:159
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Maximum Y"
msgstr "حداکثر Y"
2.7.0
2005-06-20 22:06:27 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkcurve.c:160
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Maximum possible value for Y"
msgstr "حداکثر مقدار ممکن برای Y"
2.7.0
2005-06-20 22:06:27 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkdialog.c:149
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Has separator"
msgstr "جداساز دارد"
2.7.0
2005-06-20 22:06:27 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkdialog.c:150
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "The dialog has a separator bar above its buttons"
msgstr ""
2.7.0
2005-06-20 22:06:27 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkdialog.c:175
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Content area border"
msgstr ""
2.7.0
2005-06-20 22:06:27 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkdialog.c:176
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Width of border around the main dialog area"
msgstr ""
2.7.0
2005-06-20 22:06:27 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkdialog.c:183
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Button spacing"
msgstr "فاصله‌گذاری دکمه"
2.7.0
2005-06-20 22:06:27 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkdialog.c:184
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Spacing between buttons"
msgstr "فاصله‌گذاری بین دکمه‌ها"
2.7.0
2005-06-20 22:06:27 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkdialog.c:192
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Action area border"
msgstr ""
2.7.0
2005-06-20 22:06:27 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkdialog.c:193
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Width of border around the button area at the bottom of the dialog"
msgstr ""
2.7.3
2005-07-15 20:33:47 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkentry.c:489 gtk/gtklabel.c:400
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Cursor Position"
msgstr "موقعیت مکان‌نما"
2.7.3
2005-07-15 20:33:47 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkentry.c:490 gtk/gtklabel.c:401
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "The current position of the insertion cursor in chars"
msgstr "موقعیت فعلی مکان‌نمای درج در نویسه‌ها."
2.7.3
2005-07-15 20:33:47 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkentry.c:499 gtk/gtklabel.c:410
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Selection Bound"
msgstr ""
2.7.3
2005-07-15 20:33:47 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkentry.c:500 gtk/gtklabel.c:411
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid ""
"The position of the opposite end of the selection from the cursor in chars"
msgstr "موقعیت طرف مقابل انتخاب نسبت به مکان‌نما در نویسه‌ها."
2.7.3
2005-07-15 20:33:47 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkentry.c:510
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Whether the entry contents can be edited"
msgstr ""
2.7.3
2005-07-15 20:33:47 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkentry.c:517
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Maximum length"
msgstr "طول حداکثر"
2.7.3
2005-07-15 20:33:47 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkentry.c:518
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Maximum number of characters for this entry. Zero if no maximum"
msgstr ""
2.7.3
2005-07-15 20:33:47 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkentry.c:526
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Visibility"
msgstr ""
2.7.3
2005-07-15 20:33:47 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkentry.c:527
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid ""
"FALSE displays the \"invisible char\" instead of the actual text (password "
"mode)"
msgstr ""
2.7.3
2005-07-15 20:33:47 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkentry.c:535
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "FALSE removes outside bevel from entry"
msgstr ""
2.7.3
2005-07-15 20:33:47 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkentry.c:542
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Invisible character"
msgstr "نویسه‌ی نامرئی"
2.7.3
2005-07-15 20:33:47 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkentry.c:543
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "The character to use when masking entry contents (in \"password mode\")"
msgstr ""
2.7.3
2005-07-15 20:33:47 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkentry.c:550
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Activates default"
msgstr ""
2.7.3
2005-07-15 20:33:47 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkentry.c:551
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid ""
"Whether to activate the default widget (such as the default button in a "
"dialog) when Enter is pressed"
msgstr ""
2.7.3
2005-07-15 20:33:47 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkentry.c:557
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Width in chars"
msgstr "عرض برحسب نویسه"
2.7.3
2005-07-15 20:33:47 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkentry.c:558
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Number of characters to leave space for in the entry"
msgstr ""
2.7.3
2005-07-15 20:33:47 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkentry.c:567
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Scroll offset"
msgstr ""
2.7.3
2005-07-15 20:33:47 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkentry.c:568
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Number of pixels of the entry scrolled off the screen to the left"
msgstr ""
2.7.3
2005-07-15 20:33:47 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkentry.c:578
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "The contents of the entry"
msgstr ""
2.7.3
2005-07-15 20:33:47 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkentry.c:593 gtk/gtkmisc.c:101
=== Released 2.3.5 === Tue Mar 2 17:06:05 2004 Owen Taylor <otaylor@redhat.com> * === Released 2.3.5 === * NEWS: Updates * configure.in: Version 2.3.5, interface age 0. Require glib-2.3.5, pango-1.3.5.
2004-03-02 22:57:40 +00:00
msgid "X align"
msgstr ""
2.7.3
2005-07-15 20:33:47 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkentry.c:594 gtk/gtkmisc.c:102
=== Released 2.3.5 === Tue Mar 2 17:06:05 2004 Owen Taylor <otaylor@redhat.com> * === Released 2.3.5 === * NEWS: Updates * configure.in: Version 2.3.5, interface age 0. Require glib-2.3.5, pango-1.3.5.
2004-03-02 22:57:40 +00:00
msgid ""
"The horizontal alignment, from 0 (left) to 1 (right). Reversed for RTL "
2.5.1
2004-08-01 05:55:01 +00:00
"layouts."
=== Released 2.3.5 === Tue Mar 2 17:06:05 2004 Owen Taylor <otaylor@redhat.com> * === Released 2.3.5 === * NEWS: Updates * configure.in: Version 2.3.5, interface age 0. Require glib-2.3.5, pango-1.3.5.
2004-03-02 22:57:40 +00:00
msgstr ""
2.7.3
2005-07-15 20:33:47 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkentry.c:832
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Select on focus"
msgstr ""
2.7.3
2005-07-15 20:33:47 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkentry.c:833
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Whether to select the contents of an entry when it is focused"
msgstr ""
2.7.0
2005-06-20 22:06:27 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkentrycompletion.c:276
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Completion Model"
msgstr "مدل کامل‌سازی"
2.7.0
2005-06-20 22:06:27 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkentrycompletion.c:277
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "The model to find matches in"
msgstr ""
2.7.0
2005-06-20 22:06:27 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkentrycompletion.c:283
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Minimum Key Length"
msgstr "حداقل طول کلید"
2.7.0
2005-06-20 22:06:27 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkentrycompletion.c:284
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Minimum length of the search key in order to look up matches"
msgstr ""
2.8.1
2005-08-24 06:29:12 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkentrycompletion.c:299 gtk/gtkiconview.c:549
=== Released 2.5.0 === Sun Jul 18 17:21:10 2004 Soeren Sandmann <sandmann@daimi.au.dk> * === Released 2.5.0 === * NEWS: updates * tests/testcombo.c: Fix compilation
2004-07-20 02:26:06 +00:00
#, fuzzy
msgid "Text column"
msgstr "ستون متن"
2.7.0
2005-06-20 22:06:27 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkentrycompletion.c:300
=== Released 2.5.0 === Sun Jul 18 17:21:10 2004 Soeren Sandmann <sandmann@daimi.au.dk> * === Released 2.5.0 === * NEWS: updates * tests/testcombo.c: Fix compilation
2004-07-20 02:26:06 +00:00
msgid "The column of the model containing the strings."
msgstr ""
2.7.0
2005-06-20 22:06:27 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkentrycompletion.c:319
=== Released 2.5.0 === Sun Jul 18 17:21:10 2004 Soeren Sandmann <sandmann@daimi.au.dk> * === Released 2.5.0 === * NEWS: updates * tests/testcombo.c: Fix compilation
2004-07-20 02:26:06 +00:00
msgid "Inline completion"
msgstr ""
2.7.0
2005-06-20 22:06:27 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkentrycompletion.c:320
=== Released 2.5.0 === Sun Jul 18 17:21:10 2004 Soeren Sandmann <sandmann@daimi.au.dk> * === Released 2.5.0 === * NEWS: updates * tests/testcombo.c: Fix compilation
2004-07-20 02:26:06 +00:00
msgid "Whether the common prefix should be inserted automatically"
msgstr ""
2.7.0
2005-06-20 22:06:27 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkentrycompletion.c:334
=== Released 2.5.0 === Sun Jul 18 17:21:10 2004 Soeren Sandmann <sandmann@daimi.au.dk> * === Released 2.5.0 === * NEWS: updates * tests/testcombo.c: Fix compilation
2004-07-20 02:26:06 +00:00
msgid "Popup completion"
msgstr ""
2.7.0
2005-06-20 22:06:27 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkentrycompletion.c:335
=== Released 2.5.0 === Sun Jul 18 17:21:10 2004 Soeren Sandmann <sandmann@daimi.au.dk> * === Released 2.5.0 === * NEWS: updates * tests/testcombo.c: Fix compilation
2004-07-20 02:26:06 +00:00
msgid "Whether the completions should be shown in a popup window"
msgstr ""
2.7.0
2005-06-20 22:06:27 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkentrycompletion.c:350
msgid "Popup set width"
msgstr ""
#: gtk/gtkentrycompletion.c:351
msgid "If TRUE, the popup window will have the same size as the entry"
msgstr ""
#: gtk/gtkentrycompletion.c:369
msgid "Popup single match"
msgstr ""
#: gtk/gtkentrycompletion.c:370
msgid "If TRUE, the popup window will appear for a single match."
msgstr ""
#: gtk/gtkeventbox.c:122
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Visible Window"
msgstr "پنجره‌ی مرئی"
2.7.0
2005-06-20 22:06:27 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkeventbox.c:123
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid ""
"Whether the event box is visible, as opposed to invisible and only used to "
"trap events."
msgstr ""
2.7.0
2005-06-20 22:06:27 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkeventbox.c:129
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Above child"
msgstr ""
2.7.0
2005-06-20 22:06:27 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkeventbox.c:130
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid ""
"Whether the event-trapping window of the eventbox is above the window of the "
"child widget as opposed to below it."
msgstr ""
2.5.2
2004-08-25 16:21:15 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkexpander.c:198
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Expanded"
msgstr "بسط‌یافته"
2.5.2
2004-08-25 16:21:15 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkexpander.c:199
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Whether the expander has been opened to reveal the child widget"
msgstr ""
2.5.2
2004-08-25 16:21:15 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkexpander.c:207
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Text of the expander's label"
msgstr ""
2.7.3
2005-07-15 20:33:47 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkexpander.c:222 gtk/gtklabel.c:336
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Use markup"
msgstr ""
2.7.3
2005-07-15 20:33:47 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkexpander.c:223 gtk/gtklabel.c:337
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "The text of the label includes XML markup. See pango_parse_markup()"
msgstr "متن برچسب نشان‌گذاری XMLی دارد. به pango_parse_markup()‎ مراجعه کنید."
2.5.2
2004-08-25 16:21:15 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkexpander.c:231
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Space to put between the label and the child"
msgstr ""
2.7.0
2005-06-20 22:06:27 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkexpander.c:240 gtk/gtkframe.c:170 gtk/gtktoolbutton.c:201
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Label widget"
msgstr "ویجت برچسب"
2.5.2
2004-08-25 16:21:15 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkexpander.c:241
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "A widget to display in place of the usual expander label"
msgstr ""
2.7.1
2005-07-01 19:24:05 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkexpander.c:247 gtk/gtktreeview.c:716
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Expander Size"
msgstr ""
2.7.1
2005-07-01 19:24:05 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkexpander.c:248 gtk/gtktreeview.c:717
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Size of the expander arrow"
msgstr ""
2.5.2
2004-08-25 16:21:15 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkexpander.c:257
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Spacing around expander arrow"
msgstr "فاصله‌گذاری دور ؟؟؟"
2.7.3
2005-07-15 20:33:47 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkfilechooser.c:203
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Action"
msgstr ""
2.7.3
2005-07-15 20:33:47 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkfilechooser.c:204
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "The type of operation that the file selector is performing"
msgstr ""
2.7.3
2005-07-15 20:33:47 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkfilechooser.c:210
=== Released 2.3.3 === Tue Feb 24 14:45:03 2004 Owen Taylor <otaylor@redhat.com> * === Released 2.3.3 === * configure.in: Version 2.3.3, interface age 0. * NEWS: Finish updates for 2.3.3.
2004-02-24 22:25:41 +00:00
msgid "File System Backend"
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgstr ""
2.7.3
2005-07-15 20:33:47 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkfilechooser.c:211
=== Released 2.3.3 === Tue Feb 24 14:45:03 2004 Owen Taylor <otaylor@redhat.com> * === Released 2.3.3 === * configure.in: Version 2.3.3, interface age 0. * NEWS: Finish updates for 2.3.3.
2004-02-24 22:25:41 +00:00
#, fuzzy
msgid "Name of file system backend to use"
msgstr "نام تم شمایلی برای استفاده"
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
2.7.3
2005-07-15 20:33:47 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkfilechooser.c:216
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Filter"
msgstr "صافی"
2.7.3
2005-07-15 20:33:47 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkfilechooser.c:217
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "The current filter for selecting which files are displayed"
msgstr ""
2.7.3
2005-07-15 20:33:47 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkfilechooser.c:222
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Local Only"
msgstr "فقط محلی"
2.7.3
2005-07-15 20:33:47 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkfilechooser.c:223
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Whether the selected file(s) should be limited to local file: URLs"
msgstr ""
2.7.3
2005-07-15 20:33:47 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkfilechooser.c:228
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Preview widget"
msgstr "ویجت پیش‌نمایش"
2.7.3
2005-07-15 20:33:47 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkfilechooser.c:229
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Application supplied widget for custom previews."
msgstr ""
2.7.3
2005-07-15 20:33:47 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkfilechooser.c:234
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Preview Widget Active"
msgstr ""
2.7.3
2005-07-15 20:33:47 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkfilechooser.c:235
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid ""
"Whether the application supplied widget for custom previews should be shown."
msgstr ""
2.7.3
2005-07-15 20:33:47 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkfilechooser.c:240
=== Released 2.3.5 === Tue Mar 2 17:06:05 2004 Owen Taylor <otaylor@redhat.com> * === Released 2.3.5 === * NEWS: Updates * configure.in: Version 2.3.5, interface age 0. Require glib-2.3.5, pango-1.3.5.
2004-03-02 22:57:40 +00:00
#, fuzzy
msgid "Use Preview Label"
msgstr "متن پیش‌نمایش"
2.7.3
2005-07-15 20:33:47 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkfilechooser.c:241
=== Released 2.3.5 === Tue Mar 2 17:06:05 2004 Owen Taylor <otaylor@redhat.com> * === Released 2.3.5 === * NEWS: Updates * configure.in: Version 2.3.5, interface age 0. Require glib-2.3.5, pango-1.3.5.
2004-03-02 22:57:40 +00:00
msgid "Whether to display a stock label with the name of the previewed file."
msgstr ""
2.7.3
2005-07-15 20:33:47 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkfilechooser.c:246
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Extra widget"
msgstr "ویجت اضافی"
2.7.3
2005-07-15 20:33:47 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkfilechooser.c:247
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Application supplied widget for extra options."
msgstr ""
2.7.3
2005-07-15 20:33:47 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkfilechooser.c:252
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Select Multiple"
msgstr ""
2.7.3
2005-07-15 20:33:47 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkfilechooser.c:253 gtk/gtkfilesel.c:573
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Whether to allow multiple files to be selected"
msgstr ""
2.7.3
2005-07-15 20:33:47 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkfilechooser.c:259
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Show Hidden"
msgstr "نمایش مخفی"
2.7.3
2005-07-15 20:33:47 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkfilechooser.c:260
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Whether the hidden files and folders should be displayed"
msgstr ""
2.7.3
2005-07-15 20:33:47 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkfilechooser.c:266
msgid "Do overwrite confirmation"
msgstr ""
#: gtk/gtkfilechooser.c:267
msgid ""
"Whether a file chooser in GTK_FILE_CHOOSER_ACTION_SAVE will present an "
"overwrite confirmation dialog if the user selects a file name that already "
"exists."
msgstr ""
2.7.0
2005-06-20 22:06:27 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkfilechooserbutton.c:338
*** empty log message ***
2004-10-28 03:28:56 +00:00
msgid "Dialog"
msgstr ""
2.7.0
2005-06-20 22:06:27 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkfilechooserbutton.c:339
*** empty log message ***
2004-10-28 03:28:56 +00:00
msgid "The file chooser dialog to use."
msgstr ""
2.7.0
2005-06-20 22:06:27 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkfilechooserbutton.c:354
*** empty log message ***
2004-10-28 03:28:56 +00:00
#, fuzzy
msgid "The title of the file chooser dialog."
msgstr "عنوان پنجره"
2.7.0
2005-06-20 22:06:27 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkfilechooserbutton.c:368
*** empty log message ***
2004-10-28 03:28:56 +00:00
msgid "The desired width of the button widget, in characters."
msgstr ""
2.7.5
2005-08-03 18:51:11 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkfilechooserdefault.c:701
=== Released 2.3.5 === Tue Mar 2 17:06:05 2004 Owen Taylor <otaylor@redhat.com> * === Released 2.3.5 === * NEWS: Updates * configure.in: Version 2.3.5, interface age 0. Require glib-2.3.5, pango-1.3.5.
2004-03-02 22:57:40 +00:00
msgid "Default file chooser backend"
msgstr ""
2.7.5
2005-08-03 18:51:11 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkfilechooserdefault.c:702
=== Released 2.3.5 === Tue Mar 2 17:06:05 2004 Owen Taylor <otaylor@redhat.com> * === Released 2.3.5 === * NEWS: Updates * configure.in: Version 2.3.5, interface age 0. Require glib-2.3.5, pango-1.3.5.
2004-03-02 22:57:40 +00:00
#, fuzzy
msgid "Name of the GtkFileChooser backend to use by default"
msgstr "نام تم شمایلی برای استفاده"
2.7.2
2005-07-08 18:52:47 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkfilesel.c:558 gtk/gtkimage.c:194
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Filename"
msgstr "نام پرونده"
2.7.2
2005-07-08 18:52:47 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkfilesel.c:559
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "The currently selected filename"
msgstr "نام پرونده‌ای که فعلاً انتخاب شده"
2.7.2
2005-07-08 18:52:47 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkfilesel.c:565
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Show file operations"
msgstr "نمایش عملیات پرونده‌ها"
2.7.2
2005-07-08 18:52:47 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkfilesel.c:566
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Whether buttons for creating/manipulating files should be displayed"
msgstr ""
2.7.2
2005-07-08 18:52:47 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkfilesel.c:572
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Select multiple"
msgstr "انتخاب چندگانه"
2.7.0
2005-06-20 22:06:27 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkfixed.c:123 gtk/gtklayout.c:615
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "X position"
msgstr "موقعیت X"
2.7.0
2005-06-20 22:06:27 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkfixed.c:124 gtk/gtklayout.c:616
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "X position of child widget"
msgstr "موقعیت X ویجت فرزند"
2.7.0
2005-06-20 22:06:27 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkfixed.c:133 gtk/gtklayout.c:625
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Y position"
msgstr "موقعیت Y"
2.7.0
2005-06-20 22:06:27 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkfixed.c:134 gtk/gtklayout.c:626
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Y position of child widget"
msgstr "موقعیت Y ویجت فرزند"
2.7.0
2005-06-20 22:06:27 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkfontbutton.c:178
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "The title of the font selection dialog"
msgstr ""
2.7.0
2005-06-20 22:06:27 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkfontbutton.c:193 gtk/gtkfontsel.c:216
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Font name"
msgstr "نام قلم"
2.7.0
2005-06-20 22:06:27 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkfontbutton.c:194
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "The name of the selected font"
msgstr "نام قلم انتخاب‌شده"
2.7.0
2005-06-20 22:06:27 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkfontbutton.c:195
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Sans 12"
msgstr ""
2.7.0
2005-06-20 22:06:27 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkfontbutton.c:209
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Use font in label"
msgstr ""
2.7.0
2005-06-20 22:06:27 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkfontbutton.c:210
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Whether the label is drawn in the selected font"
msgstr ""
2.5.2
2004-08-25 16:21:15 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkfontbutton.c:224
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Use size in label"
msgstr ""
2.5.2
2004-08-25 16:21:15 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkfontbutton.c:225
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Whether the label is drawn with the selected font size"
msgstr ""
2.7.0
2005-06-20 22:06:27 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkfontbutton.c:240
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Show style"
msgstr "نمایش سبک"
2.7.0
2005-06-20 22:06:27 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkfontbutton.c:241
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Whether the selected font style is shown in the label"
msgstr ""
2.7.0
2005-06-20 22:06:27 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkfontbutton.c:255
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Show size"
msgstr "نمایش اندازه"
2.7.0
2005-06-20 22:06:27 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkfontbutton.c:256
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Whether selected font size is shown in the label"
msgstr ""
2.7.0
2005-06-20 22:06:27 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkfontsel.c:217
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "The X string that represents this font"
msgstr ""
2.7.0
2005-06-20 22:06:27 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkfontsel.c:224
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "The GdkFont that is currently selected"
msgstr "GdkFontی که هم‌اکنون انتخاب شده است"
2.7.0
2005-06-20 22:06:27 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkfontsel.c:230
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Preview text"
msgstr "متن پیش‌نمایش"
2.7.0
2005-06-20 22:06:27 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkfontsel.c:231
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "The text to display in order to demonstrate the selected font"
msgstr ""
2.7.0
2005-06-20 22:06:27 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkframe.c:129
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Text of the frame's label"
msgstr "متن برچسب قاب."
2.7.0
2005-06-20 22:06:27 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkframe.c:136
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Label xalign"
msgstr ""
2.7.0
2005-06-20 22:06:27 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkframe.c:137
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "The horizontal alignment of the label"
msgstr ""
2.5.2
2004-08-25 16:21:15 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkframe.c:145
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Label yalign"
msgstr ""
2.5.2
2004-08-25 16:21:15 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkframe.c:146
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "The vertical alignment of the label"
msgstr "ردیف کردن عمودی برچسب"
2.7.0
2005-06-20 22:06:27 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkframe.c:154 gtk/gtkhandlebox.c:201
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Deprecated property, use shadow_type instead"
msgstr ""
2.7.0
2005-06-20 22:06:27 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkframe.c:161
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Frame shadow"
msgstr "سایه‌ی قاب"
2.7.0
2005-06-20 22:06:27 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkframe.c:162
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Appearance of the frame border"
msgstr ""
2.7.0
2005-06-20 22:06:27 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkframe.c:171
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "A widget to display in place of the usual frame label"
msgstr ""
2.7.0
2005-06-20 22:06:27 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkhandlebox.c:208 gtk/gtkmenubar.c:227 gtk/gtkstatusbar.c:205
#: gtk/gtktoolbar.c:599 gtk/gtkviewport.c:153
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Shadow type"
msgstr "نوع سایه"
2.7.0
2005-06-20 22:06:27 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkhandlebox.c:209
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Appearance of the shadow that surrounds the container"
msgstr ""
2.7.0
2005-06-20 22:06:27 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkhandlebox.c:217
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Handle position"
msgstr "موقعیت دست‌گیره"
2.7.0
2005-06-20 22:06:27 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkhandlebox.c:218
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Position of the handle relative to the child widget"
msgstr "موقعیت دست‌گیره نسبت به ویجت فرزند."
2.7.0
2005-06-20 22:06:27 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkhandlebox.c:226
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Snap edge"
msgstr ""
2.7.0
2005-06-20 22:06:27 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkhandlebox.c:227
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid ""
"Side of the handlebox that's lined up with the docking point to dock the "
"handlebox"
msgstr ""
2.7.0
2005-06-20 22:06:27 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkhandlebox.c:235
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Snap edge set"
msgstr ""
2.7.0
2005-06-20 22:06:27 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkhandlebox.c:236
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid ""
"Whether to use the value from the snap_edge property or a value derived from "
"handle_position"
msgstr ""
2.8.1
2005-08-24 06:29:12 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkiconview.c:512
*** empty log message ***
2004-10-28 03:28:56 +00:00
#, fuzzy
msgid "Selection mode"
msgstr "مدل کامل‌سازی"
2.8.1
2005-08-24 06:29:12 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkiconview.c:513
*** empty log message ***
2004-10-28 03:28:56 +00:00
#, fuzzy
msgid "The selection mode"
msgstr "سال انتخاب شده"
2.8.1
2005-08-24 06:29:12 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkiconview.c:531
*** empty log message ***
2004-10-28 03:28:56 +00:00
#, fuzzy
msgid "Pixbuf column"
msgstr "ستون متن"
2.8.1
2005-08-24 06:29:12 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkiconview.c:532
*** empty log message ***
2004-10-28 03:28:56 +00:00
msgid "Model column used to retrieve the icon pixbuf from"
msgstr ""
2.8.1
2005-08-24 06:29:12 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkiconview.c:550
*** empty log message ***
2004-10-28 03:28:56 +00:00
msgid "Model column used to retrieve the text from"
msgstr ""
2.8.1
2005-08-24 06:29:12 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkiconview.c:569
*** empty log message ***
2004-10-28 03:28:56 +00:00
#, fuzzy
msgid "Markup column"
msgstr "نشان‌گذاری"
2.8.1
2005-08-24 06:29:12 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkiconview.c:570
*** empty log message ***
2004-10-28 03:28:56 +00:00
msgid "Model column used to retrieve the text if using Pango markup"
msgstr ""
2.8.1
2005-08-24 06:29:12 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkiconview.c:577
*** empty log message ***
2004-10-28 03:28:56 +00:00
msgid "Icon View Model"
msgstr ""
2.8.1
2005-08-24 06:29:12 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkiconview.c:578
*** empty log message ***
2004-10-28 03:28:56 +00:00
#, fuzzy
msgid "The model for the icon view"
msgstr "مدل نمایش درختی"
2.8.1
2005-08-24 06:29:12 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkiconview.c:594
2.6.0
2004-12-16 18:21:44 +00:00
#, fuzzy
msgid "Number of columns"
msgstr "تعداد ستون‌های جدول"
2.8.1
2005-08-24 06:29:12 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkiconview.c:595
2.6.0
2004-12-16 18:21:44 +00:00
#, fuzzy
msgid "Number of columns to display"
msgstr "تعداد ستون‌های جدول"
2.8.1
2005-08-24 06:29:12 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkiconview.c:612
2.6.0
2004-12-16 18:21:44 +00:00
msgid "Width for each item"
msgstr ""
2.8.1
2005-08-24 06:29:12 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkiconview.c:613
2.6.0
2004-12-16 18:21:44 +00:00
msgid "The width used for each item"
msgstr ""
2.8.1
2005-08-24 06:29:12 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkiconview.c:629
2.6.0
2004-12-16 18:21:44 +00:00
msgid "Space which is inserted between cells of an item"
msgstr ""
2.8.1
2005-08-24 06:29:12 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkiconview.c:644
2.6.0
2004-12-16 18:21:44 +00:00
#, fuzzy
msgid "Row Spacing"
msgstr "فاصله‌گذاری سطرها"
2.8.1
2005-08-24 06:29:12 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkiconview.c:645
2.6.0
2004-12-16 18:21:44 +00:00
msgid "Space which is inserted between grid rows"
msgstr ""
2.8.1
2005-08-24 06:29:12 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkiconview.c:660
2.6.0
2004-12-16 18:21:44 +00:00
#, fuzzy
msgid "Column Spacing"
msgstr "فاصله‌گذاری ستون‌ها"
2.8.1
2005-08-24 06:29:12 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkiconview.c:661
2.6.0
2004-12-16 18:21:44 +00:00
msgid "Space which is inserted between grid column"
msgstr ""
2.8.1
2005-08-24 06:29:12 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkiconview.c:676
2.6.0
2004-12-16 18:21:44 +00:00
#, fuzzy
msgid "Margin"
msgstr "حاشیه‌ی چپ"
2.8.1
2005-08-24 06:29:12 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkiconview.c:677
2.6.0
2004-12-16 18:21:44 +00:00
msgid "Space which is inserted at the edges of the icon view"
msgstr ""
2.8.1
2005-08-24 06:29:12 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkiconview.c:693 gtk/gtkprogressbar.c:153 gtk/gtktoolbar.c:508
*** empty log message ***
2004-10-28 03:28:56 +00:00
msgid "Orientation"
msgstr "جهت"
2.8.1
2005-08-24 06:29:12 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkiconview.c:694
*** empty log message ***
2004-10-28 03:28:56 +00:00
msgid ""
"How the text and icon of each item are positioned relative to each other"
msgstr ""
2.8.1
2005-08-24 06:29:12 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkiconview.c:710 gtk/gtktreeview.c:618 gtk/gtktreeviewcolumn.c:342
2.7.0
2005-06-20 22:06:27 +00:00
msgid "Reorderable"
msgstr ""
2.8.1
2005-08-24 06:29:12 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkiconview.c:711 gtk/gtktreeview.c:619
2.7.0
2005-06-20 22:06:27 +00:00
msgid "View is reorderable"
msgstr ""
2.8.1
2005-08-24 06:29:12 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkiconview.c:718
*** empty log message ***
2004-10-28 03:28:56 +00:00
#, fuzzy
msgid "Selection Box Color"
msgstr "رنگ سطرهای زوج"
2.8.1
2005-08-24 06:29:12 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkiconview.c:719
*** empty log message ***
2004-10-28 03:28:56 +00:00
msgid "Color of the selection box"
msgstr ""
2.8.1
2005-08-24 06:29:12 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkiconview.c:725
*** empty log message ***
2004-10-28 03:28:56 +00:00
msgid "Selection Box Alpha"
msgstr ""
2.8.1
2005-08-24 06:29:12 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkiconview.c:726
*** empty log message ***
2004-10-28 03:28:56 +00:00
msgid "Opacity of the selection box"
msgstr ""
2.7.0
2005-06-20 22:06:27 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkimage.c:162
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Pixbuf"
msgstr ""
2.7.0
2005-06-20 22:06:27 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkimage.c:163
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "A GdkPixbuf to display"
msgstr ""
2.7.0
2005-06-20 22:06:27 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkimage.c:170
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Pixmap"
msgstr "نقشه‌نقطه‌ای"
2.7.0
2005-06-20 22:06:27 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkimage.c:171
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "A GdkPixmap to display"
msgstr ""
# paak kardan, rad kardan, tamiz kardan, door rikhtan, rowshan kardan, towzih daadan
2.7.0
2005-06-20 22:06:27 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkimage.c:178
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Image"
msgstr "تصویر"
2.7.0
2005-06-20 22:06:27 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkimage.c:179
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "A GdkImage to display"
msgstr ""
2.7.0
2005-06-20 22:06:27 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkimage.c:186
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Mask"
msgstr "نقاب"
2.7.0
2005-06-20 22:06:27 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkimage.c:187
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Mask bitmap to use with GdkImage or GdkPixmap"
msgstr ""
2.7.0
2005-06-20 22:06:27 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkimage.c:195
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Filename to load and display"
msgstr "نام پرونده برای بار کردن و نمایش."
2.7.0
2005-06-20 22:06:27 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkimage.c:204
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Stock ID for a stock image to display"
msgstr ""
2.7.0
2005-06-20 22:06:27 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkimage.c:211
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Icon set"
msgstr "مجموعه‌شمایل"
2.7.0
2005-06-20 22:06:27 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkimage.c:212
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Icon set to display"
msgstr "مجموعه‌شمایلی که باید نمایش یابد."
2.7.0
2005-06-20 22:06:27 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkimage.c:219
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Icon size"
msgstr "اندازه‌ی شمایل"
2.7.0
2005-06-20 22:06:27 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkimage.c:220
*** empty log message ***
2004-10-28 03:28:56 +00:00
msgid "Symbolic size to use for stock icon, icon set or named icon"
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgstr ""
2.7.0
2005-06-20 22:06:27 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkimage.c:236
*** empty log message ***
2004-10-28 03:28:56 +00:00
#, fuzzy
msgid "Pixel size"
msgstr "اندازه‌ی حداکثر"
2.7.0
2005-06-20 22:06:27 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkimage.c:237
*** empty log message ***
2004-10-28 03:28:56 +00:00
msgid "Pixel size to use for named icon"
msgstr ""
2.7.0
2005-06-20 22:06:27 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkimage.c:245
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Animation"
msgstr "پویانمایی"
2.7.0
2005-06-20 22:06:27 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkimage.c:246
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "GdkPixbufAnimation to display"
msgstr ""
2.7.0
2005-06-20 22:06:27 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkimage.c:269
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Storage type"
msgstr "نوع حافظه"
2.7.0
2005-06-20 22:06:27 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkimage.c:270
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "The representation being used for image data"
msgstr ""
2.7.2
2005-07-08 18:52:47 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkimagemenuitem.c:134
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Child widget to appear next to the menu text"
msgstr ""
2.7.2
2005-07-08 18:52:47 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkimagemenuitem.c:139
=== Released 2.3.3 === Tue Feb 24 14:45:03 2004 Owen Taylor <otaylor@redhat.com> * === Released 2.3.3 === * configure.in: Version 2.3.3, interface age 0. * NEWS: Finish updates for 2.3.3.
2004-02-24 22:25:41 +00:00
#, fuzzy
msgid "Show menu images"
msgstr "نمایش شماره‌ی هفته‌ها"
2.7.2
2005-07-08 18:52:47 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkimagemenuitem.c:140
=== Released 2.3.3 === Tue Feb 24 14:45:03 2004 Owen Taylor <otaylor@redhat.com> * === Released 2.3.3 === * configure.in: Version 2.3.3, interface age 0. * NEWS: Finish updates for 2.3.3.
2004-02-24 22:25:41 +00:00
msgid "Whether images should be shown in menus"
msgstr ""
2.8.1
2005-08-24 06:29:12 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkinvisible.c:118 gtk/gtkwindow.c:539
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "The screen where this window will be displayed"
msgstr "صفحه‌ای که این پنجره در آن نمایش خواهد یافت"
2.7.3
2005-07-15 20:33:47 +00:00
#: gtk/gtklabel.c:323
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "The text of the label"
msgstr "متن برچسب"
2.7.3
2005-07-15 20:33:47 +00:00
#: gtk/gtklabel.c:330
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "A list of style attributes to apply to the text of the label"
msgstr ""
2.7.3
2005-07-15 20:33:47 +00:00
#: gtk/gtklabel.c:351 gtk/gtktexttag.c:380 gtk/gtktextview.c:595
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Justification"
msgstr ""
2.7.3
2005-07-15 20:33:47 +00:00
#: gtk/gtklabel.c:352
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid ""
"The alignment of the lines in the text of the label relative to each other. "
"This does NOT affect the alignment of the label within its allocation. See "
"GtkMisc::xalign for that"
msgstr ""
2.7.3
2005-07-15 20:33:47 +00:00
#: gtk/gtklabel.c:360
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Pattern"
msgstr "الگو"
2.7.3
2005-07-15 20:33:47 +00:00
#: gtk/gtklabel.c:361
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid ""
"A string with _ characters in positions correspond to characters in the text "
"to underline"
msgstr ""
2.7.3
2005-07-15 20:33:47 +00:00
#: gtk/gtklabel.c:368
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Line wrap"
msgstr ""
2.7.3
2005-07-15 20:33:47 +00:00
#: gtk/gtklabel.c:369
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "If set, wrap lines if the text becomes too wide"
msgstr ""
2.7.3
2005-07-15 20:33:47 +00:00
#: gtk/gtklabel.c:375
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Selectable"
msgstr "انتخاب‌پذیر"
2.7.3
2005-07-15 20:33:47 +00:00
#: gtk/gtklabel.c:376
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Whether the label text can be selected with the mouse"
msgstr ""
2.7.3
2005-07-15 20:33:47 +00:00
#: gtk/gtklabel.c:382
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Mnemonic key"
msgstr ""
2.7.3
2005-07-15 20:33:47 +00:00
#: gtk/gtklabel.c:383
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "The mnemonic accelerator key for this label"
msgstr ""
2.7.3
2005-07-15 20:33:47 +00:00
#: gtk/gtklabel.c:391
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Mnemonic widget"
msgstr ""
2.7.3
2005-07-15 20:33:47 +00:00
#: gtk/gtklabel.c:392
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "The widget to be activated when the label's mnemonic key is pressed"
msgstr ""
2.7.3
2005-07-15 20:33:47 +00:00
#: gtk/gtklabel.c:436
2.5.1
2004-08-01 05:55:01 +00:00
msgid ""
"The preferred place to ellipsize the string, if the label does not have "
"enough room to display the entire string, if at all"
msgstr ""
2.7.3
2005-07-15 20:33:47 +00:00
#: gtk/gtklabel.c:476
2.5.5
2004-11-12 17:52:08 +00:00
#, fuzzy
msgid "Single Line Mode"
msgstr "حالت تک‌بند"
2.7.3
2005-07-15 20:33:47 +00:00
#: gtk/gtklabel.c:477
2.5.5
2004-11-12 17:52:08 +00:00
#, fuzzy
msgid "Whether the label is in single line mode"
msgstr "آیا این برچسب بر رنگ پس‌زمینه‌ی خانه تأثیر می‌گذارد یا نه"
2.7.3
2005-07-15 20:33:47 +00:00
#: gtk/gtklabel.c:494
2.5.6
2004-12-03 06:32:17 +00:00
msgid "Angle"
msgstr ""
2.7.3
2005-07-15 20:33:47 +00:00
#: gtk/gtklabel.c:495
2.5.6
2004-12-03 06:32:17 +00:00
msgid "Angle at which the label is rotated"
msgstr ""
2.7.3
2005-07-15 20:33:47 +00:00
#: gtk/gtklabel.c:515
2.6.0
2004-12-16 18:21:44 +00:00
#, fuzzy
msgid "Maximum Width In Characters"
msgstr "عرض برحسب نویسه"
2.7.3
2005-07-15 20:33:47 +00:00
#: gtk/gtklabel.c:516
2.6.0
2004-12-16 18:21:44 +00:00
msgid "The desired maximum width of the label, in characters"
msgstr ""
2.7.0
2005-06-20 22:06:27 +00:00
#: gtk/gtklayout.c:635 gtk/gtkviewport.c:137
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Horizontal adjustment"
msgstr "ردیف کردن افقی"
2.7.0
2005-06-20 22:06:27 +00:00
#: gtk/gtklayout.c:636 gtk/gtkscrolledwindow.c:240
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "The GtkAdjustment for the horizontal position"
msgstr ""
2.7.0
2005-06-20 22:06:27 +00:00
#: gtk/gtklayout.c:643 gtk/gtkviewport.c:145
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Vertical adjustment"
msgstr "ردیف کردن عمودی"
2.7.0
2005-06-20 22:06:27 +00:00
#: gtk/gtklayout.c:644 gtk/gtkscrolledwindow.c:247
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "The GtkAdjustment for the vertical position"
msgstr ""
2.5.2
2004-08-25 16:21:15 +00:00
#: gtk/gtklayout.c:652
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "The width of the layout"
msgstr ""
2.5.2
2004-08-25 16:21:15 +00:00
#: gtk/gtklayout.c:661
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "The height of the layout"
msgstr ""
2.7.1
2005-07-01 19:24:05 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:532
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Tearoff Title"
msgstr ""
2.7.1
2005-07-01 19:24:05 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:533
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid ""
"A title that may be displayed by the window manager when this menu is torn-"
"off"
msgstr ""
2.7.1
2005-07-01 19:24:05 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:547
=== Released 2.5.0 === Sun Jul 18 17:21:10 2004 Soeren Sandmann <sandmann@daimi.au.dk> * === Released 2.5.0 === * NEWS: updates * tests/testcombo.c: Fix compilation
2004-07-20 02:26:06 +00:00
msgid "Tearoff State"
msgstr ""
2.7.1
2005-07-01 19:24:05 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:548
=== Released 2.5.0 === Sun Jul 18 17:21:10 2004 Soeren Sandmann <sandmann@daimi.au.dk> * === Released 2.5.0 === * NEWS: updates * tests/testcombo.c: Fix compilation
2004-07-20 02:26:06 +00:00
msgid "A boolean that indicates whether the menu is torn-off"
msgstr ""
2.7.1
2005-07-01 19:24:05 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:554
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Vertical Padding"
msgstr ""
2.7.1
2005-07-01 19:24:05 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:555
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Extra space at the top and bottom of the menu"
msgstr ""
2.7.1
2005-07-01 19:24:05 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:563
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Vertical Offset"
msgstr ""
2.7.1
2005-07-01 19:24:05 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:564
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid ""
"When the menu is a submenu, position it this number of pixels offset "
"vertically"
msgstr ""
2.7.1
2005-07-01 19:24:05 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:572
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Horizontal Offset"
msgstr ""
2.7.1
2005-07-01 19:24:05 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:573
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid ""
"When the menu is a submenu, position it this number of pixels offset "
"horizontally"
msgstr ""
2.7.1
2005-07-01 19:24:05 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:583
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Left Attach"
msgstr ""
2.7.1
2005-07-01 19:24:05 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:584 gtk/gtktable.c:206
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "The column number to attach the left side of the child to"
msgstr ""
2.7.1
2005-07-01 19:24:05 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:591
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Right Attach"
msgstr ""
2.7.1
2005-07-01 19:24:05 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:592
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "The column number to attach the right side of the child to"
msgstr ""
2.7.1
2005-07-01 19:24:05 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:599
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Top Attach"
msgstr ""
2.7.1
2005-07-01 19:24:05 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:600
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "The row number to attach the top of the child to"
msgstr ""
2.7.1
2005-07-01 19:24:05 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:607
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Bottom Attach"
msgstr ""
2.7.1
2005-07-01 19:24:05 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:608 gtk/gtktable.c:227
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "The row number to attach the bottom of the child to"
msgstr ""
2.7.1
2005-07-01 19:24:05 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:695
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Can change accelerators"
msgstr ""
2.7.1
2005-07-01 19:24:05 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:696
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid ""
"Whether menu accelerators can be changed by pressing a key over the menu item"
msgstr ""
2.7.1
2005-07-01 19:24:05 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:701
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Delay before submenus appear"
msgstr ""
2.7.1
2005-07-01 19:24:05 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:702
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid ""
"Minimum time the pointer must stay over a menu item before the submenu appear"
msgstr ""
2.7.1
2005-07-01 19:24:05 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:709
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Delay before hiding a submenu"
msgstr ""
2.7.1
2005-07-01 19:24:05 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:710
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid ""
"The time before hiding a submenu when the pointer is moving towards the "
"submenu"
msgstr ""
2.7.0
2005-06-20 22:06:27 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkmenubar.c:201
#, fuzzy
msgid "Pack direction"
msgstr "جهت متن"
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
2.7.0
2005-06-20 22:06:27 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkmenubar.c:202
#, fuzzy
msgid "The pack direction of the menubar"
msgstr "نام ویجت"
#: gtk/gtkmenubar.c:218
msgid "Child Pack direction"
msgstr ""
#: gtk/gtkmenubar.c:219
#, fuzzy
msgid "The child pack direction of the menubar"
msgstr "موقعیت اولیه‌ی پنجره"
#: gtk/gtkmenubar.c:228
msgid "Style of bevel around the menubar"
msgstr ""
#: gtk/gtkmenubar.c:235 gtk/gtktoolbar.c:575
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Internal padding"
msgstr ""
2.7.0
2005-06-20 22:06:27 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkmenubar.c:236
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Amount of border space between the menubar shadow and the menu items"
msgstr ""
2.7.0
2005-06-20 22:06:27 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkmenubar.c:243
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Delay before drop down menus appear"
msgstr ""
2.7.0
2005-06-20 22:06:27 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkmenubar.c:244
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Delay before the submenus of a menu bar appear"
msgstr ""
2.7.1
2005-07-01 19:24:05 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkmenushell.c:377
2.7.0
2005-06-20 22:06:27 +00:00
msgid "Take Focus"
msgstr ""
2.7.1
2005-07-01 19:24:05 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkmenushell.c:378
2.7.0
2005-06-20 22:06:27 +00:00
msgid "A boolean that determines whether the menu grabs the keyboard focus"
msgstr ""
2.8.1
2005-08-24 06:29:12 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkmenutoolbutton.c:270 gtk/gtkoptionmenu.c:196
*** empty log message ***
2004-10-28 03:28:56 +00:00
msgid "Menu"
msgstr "منو"
2.8.1
2005-08-24 06:29:12 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkmenutoolbutton.c:271
*** empty log message ***
2004-10-28 03:28:56 +00:00
msgid "The dropdown menu"
msgstr ""
2.7.0
2005-06-20 22:06:27 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkmessagedialog.c:126
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Image/label border"
msgstr ""
2.7.0
2005-06-20 22:06:27 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkmessagedialog.c:127
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Width of border around the label and image in the message dialog"
msgstr ""
2.7.0
2005-06-20 22:06:27 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkmessagedialog.c:142
=== Released 2.3.3 === Tue Feb 24 14:45:03 2004 Owen Taylor <otaylor@redhat.com> * === Released 2.3.3 === * configure.in: Version 2.3.3, interface age 0. * NEWS: Finish updates for 2.3.3.
2004-02-24 22:25:41 +00:00
#, fuzzy
msgid "Use separator"
msgstr "جداساز دارد"
2.7.0
2005-06-20 22:06:27 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkmessagedialog.c:143
=== Released 2.3.3 === Tue Feb 24 14:45:03 2004 Owen Taylor <otaylor@redhat.com> * === Released 2.3.3 === * configure.in: Version 2.3.3, interface age 0. * NEWS: Finish updates for 2.3.3.
2004-02-24 22:25:41 +00:00
msgid ""
"Whether to put a separator between the message dialog's text and the buttons"
msgstr ""
2.7.0
2005-06-20 22:06:27 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkmessagedialog.c:149
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Message Type"
msgstr "نوع پیغام"
2.7.0
2005-06-20 22:06:27 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkmessagedialog.c:150
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "The type of message"
msgstr "نوع پیغام"
2.7.0
2005-06-20 22:06:27 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkmessagedialog.c:157
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Message Buttons"
msgstr "دکمه‌های پیغام"
2.7.0
2005-06-20 22:06:27 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkmessagedialog.c:158
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "The buttons shown in the message dialog"
msgstr ""
2.7.0
2005-06-20 22:06:27 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkmisc.c:111
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Y align"
msgstr ""
2.7.0
2005-06-20 22:06:27 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkmisc.c:112
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "The vertical alignment, from 0 (top) to 1 (bottom)"
msgstr ""
2.7.0
2005-06-20 22:06:27 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkmisc.c:121
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "X pad"
msgstr ""
2.7.0
2005-06-20 22:06:27 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkmisc.c:122
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid ""
"The amount of space to add on the left and right of the widget, in pixels"
msgstr ""
2.7.0
2005-06-20 22:06:27 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkmisc.c:131
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Y pad"
msgstr ""
2.7.0
2005-06-20 22:06:27 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkmisc.c:132
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid ""
"The amount of space to add on the top and bottom of the widget, in pixels"
msgstr ""
# paak kardan, rad kardan, tamiz kardan, door rikhtan, rowshan kardan, towzih daadan
2.7.0
2005-06-20 22:06:27 +00:00
#: gtk/gtknotebook.c:405
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Page"
msgstr "صفحه"
2.7.0
2005-06-20 22:06:27 +00:00
#: gtk/gtknotebook.c:406
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "The index of the current page"
msgstr "نمایه‌ی صفحه‌ی فعلی"
2.7.0
2005-06-20 22:06:27 +00:00
#: gtk/gtknotebook.c:414
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Tab Position"
msgstr ""
2.7.0
2005-06-20 22:06:27 +00:00
#: gtk/gtknotebook.c:415
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Which side of the notebook holds the tabs"
msgstr ""
2.7.0
2005-06-20 22:06:27 +00:00
#: gtk/gtknotebook.c:422
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Tab Border"
msgstr ""
2.7.0
2005-06-20 22:06:27 +00:00
#: gtk/gtknotebook.c:423
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Width of the border around the tab labels"
msgstr ""
2.7.0
2005-06-20 22:06:27 +00:00
#: gtk/gtknotebook.c:431
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Horizontal Tab Border"
msgstr ""
2.7.0
2005-06-20 22:06:27 +00:00
#: gtk/gtknotebook.c:432
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Width of the horizontal border of tab labels"
msgstr ""
2.7.0
2005-06-20 22:06:27 +00:00
#: gtk/gtknotebook.c:440
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Vertical Tab Border"
msgstr ""
2.7.0
2005-06-20 22:06:27 +00:00
#: gtk/gtknotebook.c:441
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Width of the vertical border of tab labels"
msgstr ""
2.7.0
2005-06-20 22:06:27 +00:00
#: gtk/gtknotebook.c:449
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Show Tabs"
msgstr ""
2.7.0
2005-06-20 22:06:27 +00:00
#: gtk/gtknotebook.c:450
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Whether tabs should be shown or not"
msgstr ""
2.7.0
2005-06-20 22:06:27 +00:00
#: gtk/gtknotebook.c:456
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Show Border"
msgstr ""
2.7.0
2005-06-20 22:06:27 +00:00
#: gtk/gtknotebook.c:457
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Whether the border should be shown or not"
msgstr ""
2.7.0
2005-06-20 22:06:27 +00:00
#: gtk/gtknotebook.c:463
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Scrollable"
msgstr ""
2.7.0
2005-06-20 22:06:27 +00:00
#: gtk/gtknotebook.c:464
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "If TRUE, scroll arrows are added if there are too many tabs to fit"
msgstr ""
2.7.0
2005-06-20 22:06:27 +00:00
#: gtk/gtknotebook.c:470
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Enable Popup"
msgstr "به کار انداختن واشو"
2.7.0
2005-06-20 22:06:27 +00:00
#: gtk/gtknotebook.c:471
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid ""
"If TRUE, pressing the right mouse button on the notebook pops up a menu that "
"you can use to go to a page"
msgstr ""
2.7.0
2005-06-20 22:06:27 +00:00
#: gtk/gtknotebook.c:478
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Whether tabs should have homogeneous sizes"
msgstr ""
2.7.0
2005-06-20 22:06:27 +00:00
#: gtk/gtknotebook.c:485
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Tab label"
msgstr ""
2.7.0
2005-06-20 22:06:27 +00:00
#: gtk/gtknotebook.c:486
2.5.2
2004-08-25 16:21:15 +00:00
msgid "The string displayed on the child's tab label"
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgstr ""
2.7.0
2005-06-20 22:06:27 +00:00
#: gtk/gtknotebook.c:492
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Menu label"
msgstr "برچسب منو"
2.7.0
2005-06-20 22:06:27 +00:00
#: gtk/gtknotebook.c:493
2.5.2
2004-08-25 16:21:15 +00:00
msgid "The string displayed in the child's menu entry"
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgstr ""
2.7.0
2005-06-20 22:06:27 +00:00
#: gtk/gtknotebook.c:506
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Tab expand"
msgstr ""
2.7.0
2005-06-20 22:06:27 +00:00
#: gtk/gtknotebook.c:507
2.5.2
2004-08-25 16:21:15 +00:00
msgid "Whether to expand the child's tab or not"
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgstr ""
2.7.0
2005-06-20 22:06:27 +00:00
#: gtk/gtknotebook.c:513
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Tab fill"
msgstr ""
2.7.0
2005-06-20 22:06:27 +00:00
#: gtk/gtknotebook.c:514
2.5.2
2004-08-25 16:21:15 +00:00
msgid "Whether the child's tab should fill the allocated area or not"
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgstr ""
2.7.0
2005-06-20 22:06:27 +00:00
#: gtk/gtknotebook.c:520
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Tab pack type"
msgstr ""
2.7.0
2005-06-20 22:06:27 +00:00
#: gtk/gtknotebook.c:536 gtk/gtkscrollbar.c:116
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Secondary backward stepper"
msgstr ""
2.7.0
2005-06-20 22:06:27 +00:00
#: gtk/gtknotebook.c:537
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid ""
"Display a second backward arrow button on the opposite end of the tab area"
msgstr ""
2.7.0
2005-06-20 22:06:27 +00:00
#: gtk/gtknotebook.c:553 gtk/gtkscrollbar.c:124
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Secondary forward stepper"
msgstr ""
2.7.0
2005-06-20 22:06:27 +00:00
#: gtk/gtknotebook.c:554
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid ""
"Display a second forward arrow button on the opposite end of the tab area"
msgstr ""
2.7.0
2005-06-20 22:06:27 +00:00
#: gtk/gtknotebook.c:569 gtk/gtkscrollbar.c:100
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Backward stepper"
msgstr ""
2.7.0
2005-06-20 22:06:27 +00:00
#: gtk/gtknotebook.c:570 gtk/gtkscrollbar.c:101
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Display the standard backward arrow button"
msgstr ""
2.7.0
2005-06-20 22:06:27 +00:00
#: gtk/gtknotebook.c:585 gtk/gtkscrollbar.c:108
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Forward stepper"
msgstr ""
2.7.0
2005-06-20 22:06:27 +00:00
#: gtk/gtknotebook.c:586 gtk/gtkscrollbar.c:109
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Display the standard forward arrow button"
msgstr ""
2.7.0
2005-06-20 22:06:27 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkoptionmenu.c:197
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "The menu of options"
msgstr "منوی گزینه‌ها"
2.7.0
2005-06-20 22:06:27 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkoptionmenu.c:204
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Size of dropdown indicator"
msgstr ""
2.7.0
2005-06-20 22:06:27 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkoptionmenu.c:210
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
#, fuzzy
msgid "Spacing around indicator"
msgstr "فاصله‌گذاری دور ؟؟؟"
2.7.1
2005-07-01 19:24:05 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkpaned.c:246
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid ""
"Position of paned separator in pixels (0 means all the way to the left/top)"
msgstr ""
2.7.1
2005-07-01 19:24:05 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkpaned.c:254
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Position Set"
msgstr ""
2.7.1
2005-07-01 19:24:05 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkpaned.c:255
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "TRUE if the Position property should be used"
msgstr ""
2.7.1
2005-07-01 19:24:05 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkpaned.c:261
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Handle Size"
msgstr "اندازه‌ی دست‌گیره"
2.7.1
2005-07-01 19:24:05 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkpaned.c:262
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Width of handle"
msgstr "عرض دست‌گیره"
2.7.1
2005-07-01 19:24:05 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkpaned.c:278
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Minimal Position"
msgstr ""
2.7.1
2005-07-01 19:24:05 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkpaned.c:279
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Smallest possible value for the \"position\" property"
msgstr ""
2.7.1
2005-07-01 19:24:05 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkpaned.c:296
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Maximal Position"
msgstr ""
2.7.1
2005-07-01 19:24:05 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkpaned.c:297
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Largest possible value for the \"position\" property"
msgstr ""
2.7.1
2005-07-01 19:24:05 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkpaned.c:314
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Resize"
msgstr "تغییر اندازه"
2.7.1
2005-07-01 19:24:05 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkpaned.c:315
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "If TRUE, the child expands and shrinks along with the paned widget"
msgstr ""
2.7.1
2005-07-01 19:24:05 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkpaned.c:330
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Shrink"
msgstr ""
2.7.1
2005-07-01 19:24:05 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkpaned.c:331
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "If TRUE, the child can be made smaller than its requisition"
msgstr ""
2.7.0
2005-06-20 22:06:27 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkpreview.c:135
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid ""
"Whether the preview widget should take up the entire space it is allocated"
msgstr ""
2.7.0
2005-06-20 22:06:27 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkprogress.c:132
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Activity mode"
msgstr "حالت فعالیت"
2.7.0
2005-06-20 22:06:27 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkprogress.c:133
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid ""
"If TRUE the GtkProgress is in activity mode, meaning that it signals "
"something is happening, but not how much of the activity is finished. This "
"is used when you're doing something that you don't know how long it will take"
msgstr ""
2.7.0
2005-06-20 22:06:27 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkprogress.c:140
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Show text"
msgstr "نمایش متن"
2.7.0
2005-06-20 22:06:27 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkprogress.c:141
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Whether the progress is shown as text"
msgstr ""
2.7.0
2005-06-20 22:06:27 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkprogress.c:148
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Text x alignment"
msgstr ""
2.7.0
2005-06-20 22:06:27 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkprogress.c:149
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid ""
"A number between 0.0 and 1.0 specifying the horizontal alignment of the text "
"in the progress widget"
msgstr ""
2.7.0
2005-06-20 22:06:27 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkprogress.c:157
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Text y alignment"
msgstr ""
2.7.0
2005-06-20 22:06:27 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkprogress.c:158
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid ""
"A number between 0.0 and 1.0 specifying the vertical alignment of the text "
"in the progress widget"
msgstr ""
2.7.1
2005-07-01 19:24:05 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkprogressbar.c:145 gtk/gtkrange.c:338 gtk/gtkspinbutton.c:243
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Adjustment"
msgstr ""
2.7.0
2005-06-20 22:06:27 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkprogressbar.c:146
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "The GtkAdjustment connected to the progress bar (Deprecated)"
msgstr ""
2.7.0
2005-06-20 22:06:27 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkprogressbar.c:154
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Orientation and growth direction of the progress bar"
msgstr "راستا و جهت رشد نوار پیش‌رفت"
2.7.0
2005-06-20 22:06:27 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkprogressbar.c:162
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Bar style"
msgstr "سبک نوار"
2.7.0
2005-06-20 22:06:27 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkprogressbar.c:163
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Specifies the visual style of the bar in percentage mode (Deprecated)"
msgstr ""
2.7.0
2005-06-20 22:06:27 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkprogressbar.c:171
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Activity Step"
msgstr ""
2.7.0
2005-06-20 22:06:27 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkprogressbar.c:172
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "The increment used for each iteration in activity mode (Deprecated)"
msgstr ""
2.7.0
2005-06-20 22:06:27 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkprogressbar.c:181
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Activity Blocks"
msgstr ""
2.7.0
2005-06-20 22:06:27 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkprogressbar.c:182
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid ""
"The number of blocks which can fit in the progress bar area in activity mode "
"(Deprecated)"
msgstr ""
2.7.0
2005-06-20 22:06:27 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkprogressbar.c:191
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Discrete Blocks"
msgstr "بلوک‌های گسسته"
2.7.0
2005-06-20 22:06:27 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkprogressbar.c:192
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid ""
"The number of discrete blocks in a progress bar (when shown in the discrete "
"style)"
msgstr ""
2.7.0
2005-06-20 22:06:27 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkprogressbar.c:201
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Fraction"
msgstr "درصد"
2.7.0
2005-06-20 22:06:27 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkprogressbar.c:202
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "The fraction of total work that has been completed"
msgstr ""
2.7.0
2005-06-20 22:06:27 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkprogressbar.c:211
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Pulse Step"
msgstr ""
2.7.0
2005-06-20 22:06:27 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkprogressbar.c:212
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "The fraction of total progress to move the bouncing block when pulsed"
msgstr ""
2.7.0
2005-06-20 22:06:27 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkprogressbar.c:222
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Text to be displayed in the progress bar"
msgstr "متنی که باید در نوار پیش‌رفت نمایش یابد"
2.7.0
2005-06-20 22:06:27 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkprogressbar.c:244
2.5.5
2004-11-12 17:52:08 +00:00
msgid ""
"The preferred place to ellipsize the string, if the progressbar does not "
"have enough room to display the entire string, if at all"
msgstr ""
2.7.0
2005-06-20 22:06:27 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkradioaction.c:140
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "The value"
msgstr "مقدار"
2.7.0
2005-06-20 22:06:27 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkradioaction.c:141
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid ""
"The value returned by gtk_radio_action_get_current_value() when this action "
"is the current action of its group."
msgstr ""
2.7.0
2005-06-20 22:06:27 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkradioaction.c:157 gtk/gtkradiobutton.c:114
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Group"
msgstr "گروه"
2.7.0
2005-06-20 22:06:27 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkradioaction.c:158
2.5.1
2004-08-01 05:55:01 +00:00
msgid "The radio action whose group this action belongs to."
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgstr ""
2.7.0
2005-06-20 22:06:27 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkradiobutton.c:115
2.5.1
2004-08-01 05:55:01 +00:00
msgid "The radio button whose group this widget belongs to."
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgstr ""
2.7.1
2005-07-01 19:24:05 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkrange.c:329
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Update policy"
msgstr "سیاست به‌هنگام‌سازی"
2.7.1
2005-07-01 19:24:05 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkrange.c:330
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "How the range should be updated on the screen"
msgstr ""
2.7.1
2005-07-01 19:24:05 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkrange.c:339
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "The GtkAdjustment that contains the current value of this range object"
msgstr ""
2.7.1
2005-07-01 19:24:05 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkrange.c:346
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Inverted"
msgstr "معکوس"
2.7.1
2005-07-01 19:24:05 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkrange.c:347
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Invert direction slider moves to increase range value"
msgstr ""
2.7.1
2005-07-01 19:24:05 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkrange.c:353
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Slider Width"
msgstr ""
2.7.1
2005-07-01 19:24:05 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkrange.c:354
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Width of scrollbar or scale thumb"
msgstr ""
2.7.1
2005-07-01 19:24:05 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkrange.c:361
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Trough Border"
msgstr ""
2.7.1
2005-07-01 19:24:05 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkrange.c:362
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Spacing between thumb/steppers and outer trough bevel"
msgstr ""
2.7.1
2005-07-01 19:24:05 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkrange.c:369
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Stepper Size"
msgstr ""
2.7.1
2005-07-01 19:24:05 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkrange.c:370
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Length of step buttons at ends"
msgstr ""
2.7.1
2005-07-01 19:24:05 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkrange.c:377
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Stepper Spacing"
msgstr ""
2.7.1
2005-07-01 19:24:05 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkrange.c:378
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Spacing between step buttons and thumb"
msgstr "فاصله‌گذاری بین دکمه‌ها و ..."
2.7.1
2005-07-01 19:24:05 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkrange.c:385
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Arrow X Displacement"
msgstr ""
2.7.1
2005-07-01 19:24:05 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkrange.c:386
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid ""
"How far in the x direction to move the arrow when the button is depressed"
msgstr ""
2.7.1
2005-07-01 19:24:05 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkrange.c:393
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Arrow Y Displacement"
msgstr ""
2.7.1
2005-07-01 19:24:05 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkrange.c:394
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid ""
"How far in the y direction to move the arrow when the button is depressed"
msgstr ""
2.7.0
2005-06-20 22:06:27 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkruler.c:122
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Lower"
msgstr ""
2.7.0
2005-06-20 22:06:27 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkruler.c:123
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Lower limit of ruler"
msgstr ""
2.7.0
2005-06-20 22:06:27 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkruler.c:132
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Upper"
msgstr ""
2.7.0
2005-06-20 22:06:27 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkruler.c:133
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Upper limit of ruler"
msgstr ""
2.7.0
2005-06-20 22:06:27 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkruler.c:143
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Position of mark on the ruler"
msgstr ""
2.7.0
2005-06-20 22:06:27 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkruler.c:152
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Max Size"
msgstr "اندازه‌ی حداکثر"
2.7.0
2005-06-20 22:06:27 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkruler.c:153
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Maximum size of the ruler"
msgstr "حداکثر اندازه‌ی خط‌کش"
2.7.0
2005-06-20 22:06:27 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkruler.c:168
#, fuzzy
msgid "Metric"
msgstr "عددی"
#: gtk/gtkruler.c:169
#, fuzzy
msgid "The metric used for the ruler"
msgstr "مدل نمایش درختی"
#: gtk/gtkscale.c:173 gtk/gtkspinbutton.c:261
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Digits"
msgstr "ارقام"
2.7.0
2005-06-20 22:06:27 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkscale.c:174
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "The number of decimal places that are displayed in the value"
msgstr "تعداد ارقام اعشاری‌ای که در مقدار نمایش می‌یابند"
2.7.0
2005-06-20 22:06:27 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkscale.c:183
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Draw Value"
msgstr ""
2.7.0
2005-06-20 22:06:27 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkscale.c:184
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Whether the current value is displayed as a string next to the slider"
msgstr ""
2.7.0
2005-06-20 22:06:27 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkscale.c:191
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Value Position"
msgstr "موقعیت مقدار"
2.7.0
2005-06-20 22:06:27 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkscale.c:192
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "The position in which the current value is displayed"
msgstr ""
2.7.0
2005-06-20 22:06:27 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkscale.c:199
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Slider Length"
msgstr ""
2.7.0
2005-06-20 22:06:27 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkscale.c:200
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Length of scale's slider"
msgstr ""
2.7.0
2005-06-20 22:06:27 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkscale.c:208
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Value spacing"
msgstr "فاصله‌گذاری مقدار"
2.7.0
2005-06-20 22:06:27 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkscale.c:209
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Space between value text and the slider/trough area"
msgstr ""
2.7.0
2005-06-20 22:06:27 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkscrollbar.c:83
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Minimum Slider Length"
msgstr ""
2.7.0
2005-06-20 22:06:27 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkscrollbar.c:84
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Minimum length of scrollbar slider"
msgstr ""
2.7.0
2005-06-20 22:06:27 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkscrollbar.c:92
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Fixed slider size"
msgstr ""
2.7.0
2005-06-20 22:06:27 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkscrollbar.c:93
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Don't change slider size, just lock it to the minimum length"
msgstr ""
2.7.0
2005-06-20 22:06:27 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkscrollbar.c:117
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid ""
"Display a second backward arrow button on the opposite end of the scrollbar"
msgstr ""
2.7.0
2005-06-20 22:06:27 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkscrollbar.c:125
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid ""
"Display a secondary forward arrow button on the opposite end of the scrollbar"
msgstr ""
2.7.1
2005-07-01 19:24:05 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkscrolledwindow.c:239 gtk/gtktext.c:606 gtk/gtktreeview.c:578
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Horizontal Adjustment"
msgstr "ردیف کردن افقی"
2.7.1
2005-07-01 19:24:05 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkscrolledwindow.c:246 gtk/gtktext.c:614 gtk/gtktreeview.c:586
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Vertical Adjustment"
msgstr "ردیف کردن عمودی"
2.7.0
2005-06-20 22:06:27 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkscrolledwindow.c:253
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Horizontal Scrollbar Policy"
msgstr ""
2.7.0
2005-06-20 22:06:27 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkscrolledwindow.c:254
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "When the horizontal scrollbar is displayed"
msgstr ""
2.7.0
2005-06-20 22:06:27 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkscrolledwindow.c:261
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Vertical Scrollbar Policy"
msgstr ""
2.7.0
2005-06-20 22:06:27 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkscrolledwindow.c:262
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "When the vertical scrollbar is displayed"
msgstr ""
2.7.0
2005-06-20 22:06:27 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkscrolledwindow.c:270
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Window Placement"
msgstr ""
2.7.0
2005-06-20 22:06:27 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkscrolledwindow.c:271
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Where the contents are located with respect to the scrollbars"
msgstr ""
2.7.0
2005-06-20 22:06:27 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkscrolledwindow.c:278
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Shadow Type"
msgstr "نوع سایه"
2.7.0
2005-06-20 22:06:27 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkscrolledwindow.c:279
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Style of bevel around the contents"
msgstr ""
2.7.0
2005-06-20 22:06:27 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkscrolledwindow.c:286
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Scrollbar spacing"
msgstr ""
2.7.0
2005-06-20 22:06:27 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkscrolledwindow.c:287
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Number of pixels between the scrollbars and the scrolled window"
msgstr ""
2.7.0
2005-06-20 22:06:27 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkseparatortoolitem.c:137
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Draw"
msgstr ""
2.7.0
2005-06-20 22:06:27 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkseparatortoolitem.c:138
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Whether the separator is drawn, or just blank"
msgstr ""
2.8.1
2005-08-24 06:29:12 +00:00
#: gtk/gtksettings.c:200
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Double Click Time"
msgstr ""
2.8.1
2005-08-24 06:29:12 +00:00
#: gtk/gtksettings.c:201
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid ""
"Maximum time allowed between two clicks for them to be considered a double "
"click (in milliseconds)"
msgstr ""
2.8.1
2005-08-24 06:29:12 +00:00
#: gtk/gtksettings.c:208
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Double Click Distance"
msgstr ""
2.8.1
2005-08-24 06:29:12 +00:00
#: gtk/gtksettings.c:209
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid ""
"Maximum distance allowed between two clicks for them to be considered a "
"double click (in pixels)"
msgstr ""
2.8.1
2005-08-24 06:29:12 +00:00
#: gtk/gtksettings.c:216
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Cursor Blink"
msgstr ""
2.8.1
2005-08-24 06:29:12 +00:00
#: gtk/gtksettings.c:217
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Whether the cursor should blink"
msgstr ""
2.8.1
2005-08-24 06:29:12 +00:00
#: gtk/gtksettings.c:224
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Cursor Blink Time"
msgstr ""
2.8.1
2005-08-24 06:29:12 +00:00
#: gtk/gtksettings.c:225
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Length of the cursor blink cycle, in milleseconds"
msgstr "زمان دوره‌ی چشمک‌زدن مکان‌نما، برحسب میلی‌ثانیه"
2.8.1
2005-08-24 06:29:12 +00:00
#: gtk/gtksettings.c:232
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Split Cursor"
msgstr ""
2.8.1
2005-08-24 06:29:12 +00:00
#: gtk/gtksettings.c:233
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid ""
"Whether two cursors should be displayed for mixed left-to-right and right-to-"
"left text"
msgstr ""
2.8.1
2005-08-24 06:29:12 +00:00
#: gtk/gtksettings.c:240
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Theme Name"
msgstr "نام تم"
2.8.1
2005-08-24 06:29:12 +00:00
#: gtk/gtksettings.c:241
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Name of theme RC file to load"
msgstr "نام پرونده‌ی RC تم برای بار کردن"
2.8.1
2005-08-24 06:29:12 +00:00
#: gtk/gtksettings.c:248
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Icon Theme Name"
msgstr "نام تم شمایلی"
2.8.1
2005-08-24 06:29:12 +00:00
#: gtk/gtksettings.c:249
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Name of icon theme to use"
msgstr "نام تم شمایلی برای استفاده"
2.8.1
2005-08-24 06:29:12 +00:00
#: gtk/gtksettings.c:257
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Key Theme Name"
msgstr "نام کلید تم"
2.8.1
2005-08-24 06:29:12 +00:00
#: gtk/gtksettings.c:258
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Name of key theme RC file to load"
msgstr ""
2.8.1
2005-08-24 06:29:12 +00:00
#: gtk/gtksettings.c:266
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Menu bar accelerator"
msgstr ""
2.8.1
2005-08-24 06:29:12 +00:00
#: gtk/gtksettings.c:267
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Keybinding to activate the menu bar"
msgstr ""
2.8.1
2005-08-24 06:29:12 +00:00
#: gtk/gtksettings.c:275
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Drag threshold"
msgstr ""
2.8.1
2005-08-24 06:29:12 +00:00
#: gtk/gtksettings.c:276
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Number of pixels the cursor can move before dragging"
msgstr ""
2.8.1
2005-08-24 06:29:12 +00:00
#: gtk/gtksettings.c:284
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Font Name"
msgstr "نام قلم"
2.8.1
2005-08-24 06:29:12 +00:00
#: gtk/gtksettings.c:285
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Name of default font to use"
msgstr "نام قلم پیش‌فرض برای استفاده"
2.8.1
2005-08-24 06:29:12 +00:00
#: gtk/gtksettings.c:293
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Icon Sizes"
msgstr "اندازه‌های شمایل"
2.8.1
2005-08-24 06:29:12 +00:00
#: gtk/gtksettings.c:294
2.7.2
2005-07-08 18:52:47 +00:00
msgid "List of icon sizes (gtk-menu=16,16:gtk-button=20,20..."
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgstr ""
2.8.1
2005-08-24 06:29:12 +00:00
#: gtk/gtksettings.c:302
2.5.3
2004-09-19 05:40:00 +00:00
msgid "GTK Modules"
msgstr ""
2.8.1
2005-08-24 06:29:12 +00:00
#: gtk/gtksettings.c:303
2.5.3
2004-09-19 05:40:00 +00:00
msgid "List of currently active GTK modules"
msgstr ""
2.8.1
2005-08-24 06:29:12 +00:00
#: gtk/gtksettings.c:312
=== Released 2.3.3 === Tue Feb 24 14:45:03 2004 Owen Taylor <otaylor@redhat.com> * === Released 2.3.3 === * configure.in: Version 2.3.3, interface age 0. * NEWS: Finish updates for 2.3.3.
2004-02-24 22:25:41 +00:00
msgid "Xft Antialias"
msgstr ""
2.8.1
2005-08-24 06:29:12 +00:00
#: gtk/gtksettings.c:313
=== Released 2.3.3 === Tue Feb 24 14:45:03 2004 Owen Taylor <otaylor@redhat.com> * === Released 2.3.3 === * configure.in: Version 2.3.3, interface age 0. * NEWS: Finish updates for 2.3.3.
2004-02-24 22:25:41 +00:00
msgid "Whether to antialias Xft fonts; 0=no, 1=yes, -1=default"
msgstr ""
2.8.1
2005-08-24 06:29:12 +00:00
#: gtk/gtksettings.c:322
=== Released 2.3.3 === Tue Feb 24 14:45:03 2004 Owen Taylor <otaylor@redhat.com> * === Released 2.3.3 === * configure.in: Version 2.3.3, interface age 0. * NEWS: Finish updates for 2.3.3.
2004-02-24 22:25:41 +00:00
msgid "Xft Hinting"
msgstr ""
2.8.1
2005-08-24 06:29:12 +00:00
#: gtk/gtksettings.c:323
=== Released 2.3.3 === Tue Feb 24 14:45:03 2004 Owen Taylor <otaylor@redhat.com> * === Released 2.3.3 === * configure.in: Version 2.3.3, interface age 0. * NEWS: Finish updates for 2.3.3.
2004-02-24 22:25:41 +00:00
msgid "Whether to hint Xft fonts; 0=no, 1=yes, -1=default"
msgstr ""
2.8.1
2005-08-24 06:29:12 +00:00
#: gtk/gtksettings.c:332
=== Released 2.3.3 === Tue Feb 24 14:45:03 2004 Owen Taylor <otaylor@redhat.com> * === Released 2.3.3 === * configure.in: Version 2.3.3, interface age 0. * NEWS: Finish updates for 2.3.3.
2004-02-24 22:25:41 +00:00
msgid "Xft Hint Style"
msgstr ""
2.8.1
2005-08-24 06:29:12 +00:00
#: gtk/gtksettings.c:333
2.7.4
2005-07-22 20:28:31 +00:00
msgid ""
"What degree of hinting to use; hintnone, hintslight, hintmedium, or hintfull"
=== Released 2.3.3 === Tue Feb 24 14:45:03 2004 Owen Taylor <otaylor@redhat.com> * === Released 2.3.3 === * configure.in: Version 2.3.3, interface age 0. * NEWS: Finish updates for 2.3.3.
2004-02-24 22:25:41 +00:00
msgstr ""
2.8.1
2005-08-24 06:29:12 +00:00
#: gtk/gtksettings.c:342
=== Released 2.3.3 === Tue Feb 24 14:45:03 2004 Owen Taylor <otaylor@redhat.com> * === Released 2.3.3 === * configure.in: Version 2.3.3, interface age 0. * NEWS: Finish updates for 2.3.3.
2004-02-24 22:25:41 +00:00
msgid "Xft RGBA"
msgstr ""
2.8.1
2005-08-24 06:29:12 +00:00
#: gtk/gtksettings.c:343
=== Released 2.3.3 === Tue Feb 24 14:45:03 2004 Owen Taylor <otaylor@redhat.com> * === Released 2.3.3 === * configure.in: Version 2.3.3, interface age 0. * NEWS: Finish updates for 2.3.3.
2004-02-24 22:25:41 +00:00
msgid "Type of subpixel antialiasing; none, rgb, bgr, vrgb, vbgr"
msgstr ""
2.8.1
2005-08-24 06:29:12 +00:00
#: gtk/gtksettings.c:352
=== Released 2.3.3 === Tue Feb 24 14:45:03 2004 Owen Taylor <otaylor@redhat.com> * === Released 2.3.3 === * configure.in: Version 2.3.3, interface age 0. * NEWS: Finish updates for 2.3.3.
2004-02-24 22:25:41 +00:00
msgid "Xft DPI"
msgstr ""
2.8.1
2005-08-24 06:29:12 +00:00
#: gtk/gtksettings.c:353
=== Released 2.3.3 === Tue Feb 24 14:45:03 2004 Owen Taylor <otaylor@redhat.com> * === Released 2.3.3 === * configure.in: Version 2.3.3, interface age 0. * NEWS: Finish updates for 2.3.3.
2004-02-24 22:25:41 +00:00
msgid "Resolution for Xft, in 1024 * dots/inch. -1 to use default value"
msgstr ""
2.8.1
2005-08-24 06:29:12 +00:00
#: gtk/gtksettings.c:362
2.7.0
2005-06-20 22:06:27 +00:00
#, fuzzy
msgid "Cursor theme name"
msgstr "نام تم شمایلی"
2.8.1
2005-08-24 06:29:12 +00:00
#: gtk/gtksettings.c:363
2.7.0
2005-06-20 22:06:27 +00:00
#, fuzzy
msgid "Name of the cursor theme to use"
msgstr "نام تم شمایلی برای استفاده"
2.8.1
2005-08-24 06:29:12 +00:00
#: gtk/gtksettings.c:371
2.7.0
2005-06-20 22:06:27 +00:00
msgid "Cursor theme size"
msgstr ""
2.8.1
2005-08-24 06:29:12 +00:00
#: gtk/gtksettings.c:372
2.7.0
2005-06-20 22:06:27 +00:00
#, fuzzy
msgid "Size to use for cursors"
msgstr "رنگی که برای سطرهای فرد استفاده می‌شود"
2.8.1
2005-08-24 06:29:12 +00:00
#: gtk/gtksettings.c:382
*** empty log message ***
2004-10-28 03:28:56 +00:00
msgid "Alternative button order"
msgstr ""
2.8.1
2005-08-24 06:29:12 +00:00
#: gtk/gtksettings.c:383
*** empty log message ***
2004-10-28 03:28:56 +00:00
msgid "Whether buttons in dialogs should use the alternative button order"
msgstr ""
2.8.1
2005-08-24 06:29:12 +00:00
#: gtk/gtksizegroup.c:267
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Mode"
msgstr "حالت"
2.8.1
2005-08-24 06:29:12 +00:00
#: gtk/gtksizegroup.c:268
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid ""
2.7.0
2005-06-20 22:06:27 +00:00
"The directions in which the size group affects the requested sizes of its "
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
"component widgets"
msgstr ""
2.8.1
2005-08-24 06:29:12 +00:00
#: gtk/gtksizegroup.c:285
2.7.0
2005-06-20 22:06:27 +00:00
msgid "Ignore hidden"
msgstr ""
2.8.1
2005-08-24 06:29:12 +00:00
#: gtk/gtksizegroup.c:286
2.7.0
2005-06-20 22:06:27 +00:00
msgid ""
"If TRUE, hidden widgets are ignored when determining the size of the group"
msgstr ""
#: gtk/gtkspinbutton.c:244
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "The adjustment that holds the value of the spinbutton"
msgstr ""
2.7.0
2005-06-20 22:06:27 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkspinbutton.c:251
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Climb Rate"
msgstr ""
2.7.0
2005-06-20 22:06:27 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkspinbutton.c:252
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "The acceleration rate when you hold down a button"
msgstr ""
2.7.0
2005-06-20 22:06:27 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkspinbutton.c:262
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "The number of decimal places to display"
msgstr ""
2.7.0
2005-06-20 22:06:27 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkspinbutton.c:271
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Snap to Ticks"
msgstr ""
2.7.0
2005-06-20 22:06:27 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkspinbutton.c:272
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid ""
"Whether erroneous values are automatically changed to a spin button's "
"nearest step increment"
msgstr ""
2.7.0
2005-06-20 22:06:27 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkspinbutton.c:279
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Numeric"
msgstr "عددی"
2.7.0
2005-06-20 22:06:27 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkspinbutton.c:280
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Whether non-numeric characters should be ignored"
msgstr ""
2.7.0
2005-06-20 22:06:27 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkspinbutton.c:287
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Wrap"
msgstr "پیچیدن"
2.7.0
2005-06-20 22:06:27 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkspinbutton.c:288
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Whether a spin button should wrap upon reaching its limits"
msgstr ""
2.7.0
2005-06-20 22:06:27 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkspinbutton.c:295
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Update Policy"
msgstr "سیاست به‌هنگام‌سازی"
2.7.0
2005-06-20 22:06:27 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkspinbutton.c:296
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid ""
"Whether the spin button should update always, or only when the value is legal"
msgstr ""
2.7.0
2005-06-20 22:06:27 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkspinbutton.c:305
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Reads the current value, or sets a new value"
msgstr ""
2.7.0
2005-06-20 22:06:27 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkspinbutton.c:314
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Style of bevel around the spin button"
msgstr ""
2.7.0
2005-06-20 22:06:27 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkstatusbar.c:178
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Has Resize Grip"
msgstr ""
2.7.0
2005-06-20 22:06:27 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkstatusbar.c:179
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Whether the statusbar has a grip for resizing the toplevel"
msgstr ""
2.7.0
2005-06-20 22:06:27 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkstatusbar.c:206
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Style of bevel around the statusbar text"
msgstr ""
2.7.0
2005-06-20 22:06:27 +00:00
#: gtk/gtktable.c:161
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Rows"
msgstr "سطرها"
2.7.0
2005-06-20 22:06:27 +00:00
#: gtk/gtktable.c:162
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "The number of rows in the table"
msgstr "تعداد سطرهای جدول"
2.7.0
2005-06-20 22:06:27 +00:00
#: gtk/gtktable.c:170
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Columns"
msgstr "ستون‌ها"
2.7.0
2005-06-20 22:06:27 +00:00
#: gtk/gtktable.c:171
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "The number of columns in the table"
msgstr "تعداد ستون‌های جدول"
2.7.0
2005-06-20 22:06:27 +00:00
#: gtk/gtktable.c:179
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Row spacing"
msgstr "فاصله‌گذاری سطرها"
2.7.0
2005-06-20 22:06:27 +00:00
#: gtk/gtktable.c:180
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "The amount of space between two consecutive rows"
msgstr ""
2.7.0
2005-06-20 22:06:27 +00:00
#: gtk/gtktable.c:188
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Column spacing"
msgstr "فاصله‌گذاری ستون‌ها"
2.7.0
2005-06-20 22:06:27 +00:00
#: gtk/gtktable.c:189
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "The amount of space between two consecutive columns"
msgstr ""
2.7.0
2005-06-20 22:06:27 +00:00
#: gtk/gtktable.c:197
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Homogenous"
msgstr "همگن"
2.7.0
2005-06-20 22:06:27 +00:00
#: gtk/gtktable.c:198
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "If TRUE this means the table cells are all the same width/height"
msgstr ""
2.7.0
2005-06-20 22:06:27 +00:00
#: gtk/gtktable.c:205
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Left attachment"
msgstr ""
2.7.0
2005-06-20 22:06:27 +00:00
#: gtk/gtktable.c:212
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Right attachment"
msgstr ""
2.7.0
2005-06-20 22:06:27 +00:00
#: gtk/gtktable.c:213
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "The column number to attach the right side of a child widget to"
msgstr ""
2.7.0
2005-06-20 22:06:27 +00:00
#: gtk/gtktable.c:219
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Top attachment"
msgstr ""
2.7.0
2005-06-20 22:06:27 +00:00
#: gtk/gtktable.c:220
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "The row number to attach the top of a child widget to"
msgstr ""
2.7.0
2005-06-20 22:06:27 +00:00
#: gtk/gtktable.c:226
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Bottom attachment"
msgstr ""
2.7.0
2005-06-20 22:06:27 +00:00
#: gtk/gtktable.c:233
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Horizontal options"
msgstr "گزینه‌های افقی"
2.7.0
2005-06-20 22:06:27 +00:00
#: gtk/gtktable.c:234
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Options specifying the horizontal behaviour of the child"
msgstr ""
2.7.0
2005-06-20 22:06:27 +00:00
#: gtk/gtktable.c:240
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Vertical options"
msgstr "گزینه‌های عمودی"
2.7.0
2005-06-20 22:06:27 +00:00
#: gtk/gtktable.c:241
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Options specifying the vertical behaviour of the child"
msgstr ""
2.7.0
2005-06-20 22:06:27 +00:00
#: gtk/gtktable.c:247
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Horizontal padding"
msgstr ""
2.7.0
2005-06-20 22:06:27 +00:00
#: gtk/gtktable.c:248
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid ""
"Extra space to put between the child and its left and right neighbors, in "
"pixels"
msgstr ""
2.7.0
2005-06-20 22:06:27 +00:00
#: gtk/gtktable.c:254
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Vertical padding"
msgstr ""
2.7.0
2005-06-20 22:06:27 +00:00
#: gtk/gtktable.c:255
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid ""
"Extra space to put between the child and its upper and lower neighbors, in "
"pixels"
msgstr ""
2.7.0
2005-06-20 22:06:27 +00:00
#: gtk/gtktext.c:607
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Horizontal adjustment for the text widget"
msgstr ""
2.7.0
2005-06-20 22:06:27 +00:00
#: gtk/gtktext.c:615
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Vertical adjustment for the text widget"
msgstr ""
2.7.0
2005-06-20 22:06:27 +00:00
#: gtk/gtktext.c:622
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Line Wrap"
msgstr ""
2.7.0
2005-06-20 22:06:27 +00:00
#: gtk/gtktext.c:623
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Whether lines are wrapped at widget edges"
msgstr ""
2.7.0
2005-06-20 22:06:27 +00:00
#: gtk/gtktext.c:630
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Word Wrap"
msgstr ""
2.7.0
2005-06-20 22:06:27 +00:00
#: gtk/gtktext.c:631
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Whether words are wrapped at widget edges"
msgstr ""
2.7.0
2005-06-20 22:06:27 +00:00
#: gtk/gtktextbuffer.c:188
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Tag Table"
msgstr ""
2.7.0
2005-06-20 22:06:27 +00:00
#: gtk/gtktextbuffer.c:189
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Text Tag Table"
msgstr ""
2.7.0
2005-06-20 22:06:27 +00:00
#: gtk/gtktextbuffer.c:207
#, fuzzy
msgid "Current text of the buffer"
msgstr "متن برچسب"
#: gtk/gtktexttag.c:201
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Tag name"
msgstr "نام برچسب"
2.7.0
2005-06-20 22:06:27 +00:00
#: gtk/gtktexttag.c:202
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Name used to refer to the text tag. NULL for anonymous tags"
msgstr ""
2.7.0
2005-06-20 22:06:27 +00:00
#: gtk/gtktexttag.c:220
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Background color as a (possibly unallocated) GdkColor"
msgstr ""
2.7.0
2005-06-20 22:06:27 +00:00
#: gtk/gtktexttag.c:227
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Background full height"
msgstr ""
2.7.0
2005-06-20 22:06:27 +00:00
#: gtk/gtktexttag.c:228
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid ""
"Whether the background color fills the entire line height or only the height "
"of the tagged characters"
msgstr ""
2.7.0
2005-06-20 22:06:27 +00:00
#: gtk/gtktexttag.c:236
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Background stipple mask"
msgstr ""
2.7.0
2005-06-20 22:06:27 +00:00
#: gtk/gtktexttag.c:237
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Bitmap to use as a mask when drawing the text background"
msgstr ""
2.7.0
2005-06-20 22:06:27 +00:00
#: gtk/gtktexttag.c:254
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Foreground color as a (possibly unallocated) GdkColor"
msgstr ""
2.7.0
2005-06-20 22:06:27 +00:00
#: gtk/gtktexttag.c:262
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Foreground stipple mask"
msgstr ""
2.7.0
2005-06-20 22:06:27 +00:00
#: gtk/gtktexttag.c:263
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Bitmap to use as a mask when drawing the text foreground"
msgstr ""
2.7.0
2005-06-20 22:06:27 +00:00
#: gtk/gtktexttag.c:270
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Text direction"
msgstr "جهت متن"
2.7.0
2005-06-20 22:06:27 +00:00
#: gtk/gtktexttag.c:271
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Text direction, e.g. right-to-left or left-to-right"
msgstr "جهت متن، مثلاً راست‌به‌چپ یا چپ‌به‌راست"
2.7.0
2005-06-20 22:06:27 +00:00
#: gtk/gtktexttag.c:288
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Font description as a string, e.g. \"Sans Italic 12\""
msgstr ""
2.7.0
2005-06-20 22:06:27 +00:00
#: gtk/gtktexttag.c:313
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Font style as a PangoStyle, e.g. PANGO_STYLE_ITALIC"
msgstr ""
2.7.0
2005-06-20 22:06:27 +00:00
#: gtk/gtktexttag.c:322
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Font variant as a PangoVariant, e.g. PANGO_VARIANT_SMALL_CAPS"
msgstr ""
2.7.0
2005-06-20 22:06:27 +00:00
#: gtk/gtktexttag.c:331
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid ""
"Font weight as an integer, see predefined values in PangoWeight; for "
"example, PANGO_WEIGHT_BOLD"
msgstr ""
2.7.0
2005-06-20 22:06:27 +00:00
#: gtk/gtktexttag.c:342
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Font stretch as a PangoStretch, e.g. PANGO_STRETCH_CONDENSED"
msgstr ""
2.7.0
2005-06-20 22:06:27 +00:00
#: gtk/gtktexttag.c:351
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Font size in Pango units"
msgstr "اندازه‌ی قلم به واحد پانگو"
2.7.0
2005-06-20 22:06:27 +00:00
#: gtk/gtktexttag.c:361
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid ""
"Font size as a scale factor relative to the default font size. This properly "
"adapts to theme changes etc. so is recommended. Pango predefines some scales "
"such as PANGO_SCALE_X_LARGE"
msgstr ""
2.7.0
2005-06-20 22:06:27 +00:00
#: gtk/gtktexttag.c:381 gtk/gtktextview.c:596
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Left, right, or center justification"
msgstr ""
2.7.0
2005-06-20 22:06:27 +00:00
#: gtk/gtktexttag.c:390
=== Released 2.5.0 === Sun Jul 18 17:21:10 2004 Soeren Sandmann <sandmann@daimi.au.dk> * === Released 2.5.0 === * NEWS: updates * tests/testcombo.c: Fix compilation
2004-07-20 02:26:06 +00:00
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"The language this text is in, as an ISO code. Pango can use this as a hint "
"when rendering the text. If not set, an appropriate default will be used."
msgstr ""
"زبانی که این متن به آن زبان است، به شکل کد ISO. پنگو می‌تواند از این مقدار "
"به‌عنوان راهنمایی هنگام نمایش متن استفاده کند. اگر این پارامتر را "
"نمی‌فهمیداحتمالاً لازمش ندارید"
2.7.0
2005-06-20 22:06:27 +00:00
#: gtk/gtktexttag.c:397
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Left margin"
msgstr "حاشیه‌ی چپ"
2.7.0
2005-06-20 22:06:27 +00:00
#: gtk/gtktexttag.c:398 gtk/gtktextview.c:605
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Width of the left margin in pixels"
msgstr "عرض حاشیه‌ی چپ برحسب نقطه"
2.7.0
2005-06-20 22:06:27 +00:00
#: gtk/gtktexttag.c:407
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Right margin"
msgstr "حاشیه‌ی راست"
2.7.0
2005-06-20 22:06:27 +00:00
#: gtk/gtktexttag.c:408 gtk/gtktextview.c:615
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Width of the right margin in pixels"
msgstr "عرض حاشیه‌ی راست برحسب نقطه"
2.7.0
2005-06-20 22:06:27 +00:00
#: gtk/gtktexttag.c:418 gtk/gtktextview.c:624
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Indent"
msgstr "تورفتگی"
2.7.0
2005-06-20 22:06:27 +00:00
#: gtk/gtktexttag.c:419 gtk/gtktextview.c:625
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Amount to indent the paragraph, in pixels"
msgstr "میزان تورفتگی بند، برحسب نقطه"
2.7.0
2005-06-20 22:06:27 +00:00
#: gtk/gtktexttag.c:430
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid ""
"Offset of text above the baseline (below the baseline if rise is negative) "
2.7.0
2005-06-20 22:06:27 +00:00
"in Pango units"
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgstr ""
2.7.0
2005-06-20 22:06:27 +00:00
#: gtk/gtktexttag.c:439
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Pixels above lines"
msgstr "نقطه‌های بالای خط‌ها"
2.7.0
2005-06-20 22:06:27 +00:00
#: gtk/gtktexttag.c:440 gtk/gtktextview.c:549
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Pixels of blank space above paragraphs"
msgstr ""
2.7.0
2005-06-20 22:06:27 +00:00
#: gtk/gtktexttag.c:449
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Pixels below lines"
msgstr "نقطه‌های زیر خط‌ها"
2.7.0
2005-06-20 22:06:27 +00:00
#: gtk/gtktexttag.c:450 gtk/gtktextview.c:559
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Pixels of blank space below paragraphs"
msgstr ""
2.7.0
2005-06-20 22:06:27 +00:00
#: gtk/gtktexttag.c:459
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Pixels inside wrap"
msgstr ""
2.7.0
2005-06-20 22:06:27 +00:00
#: gtk/gtktexttag.c:460 gtk/gtktextview.c:569
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Pixels of blank space between wrapped lines in a paragraph"
msgstr ""
2.7.0
2005-06-20 22:06:27 +00:00
#: gtk/gtktexttag.c:487 gtk/gtktextview.c:587
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid ""
"Whether to wrap lines never, at word boundaries, or at character boundaries"
msgstr ""
2.7.0
2005-06-20 22:06:27 +00:00
#: gtk/gtktexttag.c:496 gtk/gtktextview.c:634
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Tabs"
msgstr ""
2.7.0
2005-06-20 22:06:27 +00:00
#: gtk/gtktexttag.c:497 gtk/gtktextview.c:635
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Custom tabs for this text"
msgstr ""
2.7.3
2005-07-15 20:33:47 +00:00
#: gtk/gtktexttag.c:515
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Invisible"
msgstr "نامرئی"
2.7.3
2005-07-15 20:33:47 +00:00
#: gtk/gtktexttag.c:516
#, fuzzy
msgid "Whether this text is hidden."
msgstr "آیا این برچسب بر رنگ پس‌زمینه‌ی خانه تأثیر می‌گذارد یا نه"
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
2.7.3
2005-07-15 20:33:47 +00:00
#: gtk/gtktexttag.c:530
2.7.0
2005-06-20 22:06:27 +00:00
#, fuzzy
msgid "Paragraph background color name"
msgstr "نام رنگ پس‌زمینه‌ی خانه"
2.7.3
2005-07-15 20:33:47 +00:00
#: gtk/gtktexttag.c:531
2.7.0
2005-06-20 22:06:27 +00:00
#, fuzzy
msgid "Paragraph background color as a string"
msgstr "رنگ پس‌زمینه به‌عنوان یک رشته"
2.7.3
2005-07-15 20:33:47 +00:00
#: gtk/gtktexttag.c:546
2.7.0
2005-06-20 22:06:27 +00:00
#, fuzzy
msgid "Paragraph background color"
msgstr "رنگ پس‌زمینه‌ی خانه"
2.7.3
2005-07-15 20:33:47 +00:00
#: gtk/gtktexttag.c:547
2.7.0
2005-06-20 22:06:27 +00:00
#, fuzzy
msgid "Paragraph background color as a (possibly unallocated) GdkColor"
msgstr "رنگ پس‌زمینه‌ی خانه به‌عنوان یک GdkColor"
2.7.3
2005-07-15 20:33:47 +00:00
#: gtk/gtktexttag.c:560
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Background full height set"
msgstr ""
2.7.3
2005-07-15 20:33:47 +00:00
#: gtk/gtktexttag.c:561
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Whether this tag affects background height"
msgstr ""
2.7.3
2005-07-15 20:33:47 +00:00
#: gtk/gtktexttag.c:564
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Background stipple set"
msgstr ""
2.7.3
2005-07-15 20:33:47 +00:00
#: gtk/gtktexttag.c:565
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Whether this tag affects the background stipple"
msgstr ""
2.7.3
2005-07-15 20:33:47 +00:00
#: gtk/gtktexttag.c:572
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Foreground stipple set"
msgstr ""
2.7.3
2005-07-15 20:33:47 +00:00
#: gtk/gtktexttag.c:573
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Whether this tag affects the foreground stipple"
msgstr ""
2.7.3
2005-07-15 20:33:47 +00:00
#: gtk/gtktexttag.c:608
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Justification set"
msgstr ""
2.7.3
2005-07-15 20:33:47 +00:00
#: gtk/gtktexttag.c:609
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Whether this tag affects paragraph justification"
msgstr ""
2.7.3
2005-07-15 20:33:47 +00:00
#: gtk/gtktexttag.c:616
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Left margin set"
msgstr ""
2.7.3
2005-07-15 20:33:47 +00:00
#: gtk/gtktexttag.c:617
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Whether this tag affects the left margin"
msgstr ""
2.7.3
2005-07-15 20:33:47 +00:00
#: gtk/gtktexttag.c:620
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Indent set"
msgstr ""
2.7.3
2005-07-15 20:33:47 +00:00
#: gtk/gtktexttag.c:621
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Whether this tag affects indentation"
msgstr ""
2.7.3
2005-07-15 20:33:47 +00:00
#: gtk/gtktexttag.c:628
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Pixels above lines set"
msgstr ""
2.7.3
2005-07-15 20:33:47 +00:00
#: gtk/gtktexttag.c:629 gtk/gtktexttag.c:633
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Whether this tag affects the number of pixels above lines"
msgstr ""
2.7.3
2005-07-15 20:33:47 +00:00
#: gtk/gtktexttag.c:632
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Pixels below lines set"
msgstr ""
2.7.3
2005-07-15 20:33:47 +00:00
#: gtk/gtktexttag.c:636
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Pixels inside wrap set"
msgstr ""
2.7.3
2005-07-15 20:33:47 +00:00
#: gtk/gtktexttag.c:637
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Whether this tag affects the number of pixels between wrapped lines"
msgstr ""
2.7.3
2005-07-15 20:33:47 +00:00
#: gtk/gtktexttag.c:644
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Right margin set"
msgstr ""
2.7.3
2005-07-15 20:33:47 +00:00
#: gtk/gtktexttag.c:645
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Whether this tag affects the right margin"
msgstr ""
2.7.3
2005-07-15 20:33:47 +00:00
#: gtk/gtktexttag.c:652
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Wrap mode set"
msgstr ""
2.7.3
2005-07-15 20:33:47 +00:00
#: gtk/gtktexttag.c:653
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Whether this tag affects line wrap mode"
msgstr ""
2.7.3
2005-07-15 20:33:47 +00:00
#: gtk/gtktexttag.c:656
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Tabs set"
msgstr ""
2.7.3
2005-07-15 20:33:47 +00:00
#: gtk/gtktexttag.c:657
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Whether this tag affects tabs"
msgstr ""
2.7.3
2005-07-15 20:33:47 +00:00
#: gtk/gtktexttag.c:660
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Invisible set"
msgstr ""
2.7.3
2005-07-15 20:33:47 +00:00
#: gtk/gtktexttag.c:661
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Whether this tag affects text visibility"
msgstr ""
2.7.3
2005-07-15 20:33:47 +00:00
#: gtk/gtktexttag.c:664
2.7.0
2005-06-20 22:06:27 +00:00
msgid "Paragraph background set"
msgstr ""
2.7.3
2005-07-15 20:33:47 +00:00
#: gtk/gtktexttag.c:665
2.7.0
2005-06-20 22:06:27 +00:00
#, fuzzy
msgid "Whether this tag affects the paragraph background color"
msgstr "این که آیا این برچسب بر رنگ پس‌زمینه تأثیر می‌گذارد یا نه"
#: gtk/gtktextview.c:548
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Pixels Above Lines"
msgstr ""
2.7.0
2005-06-20 22:06:27 +00:00
#: gtk/gtktextview.c:558
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Pixels Below Lines"
msgstr ""
2.7.0
2005-06-20 22:06:27 +00:00
#: gtk/gtktextview.c:568
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Pixels Inside Wrap"
msgstr ""
2.7.0
2005-06-20 22:06:27 +00:00
#: gtk/gtktextview.c:586
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Wrap Mode"
msgstr "حالت پیچیدن"
2.7.0
2005-06-20 22:06:27 +00:00
#: gtk/gtktextview.c:604
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Left Margin"
msgstr "حاشیه‌ی چپ"
2.7.0
2005-06-20 22:06:27 +00:00
#: gtk/gtktextview.c:614
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Right Margin"
msgstr "حاشیه‌ی راست"
2.7.0
2005-06-20 22:06:27 +00:00
#: gtk/gtktextview.c:642
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Cursor Visible"
msgstr ""
2.7.0
2005-06-20 22:06:27 +00:00
#: gtk/gtktextview.c:643
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "If the insertion cursor is shown"
msgstr ""
2.7.0
2005-06-20 22:06:27 +00:00
#: gtk/gtktextview.c:650
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Buffer"
msgstr ""
2.7.0
2005-06-20 22:06:27 +00:00
#: gtk/gtktextview.c:651
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "The buffer which is displayed"
msgstr ""
2.7.0
2005-06-20 22:06:27 +00:00
#: gtk/gtktextview.c:658
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Overwrite mode"
msgstr "حالت رونویسی"
2.7.0
2005-06-20 22:06:27 +00:00
#: gtk/gtktextview.c:659
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Whether entered text overwrites existing contents"
msgstr ""
2.7.0
2005-06-20 22:06:27 +00:00
#: gtk/gtktextview.c:666
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Accepts tab"
msgstr ""
2.7.0
2005-06-20 22:06:27 +00:00
#: gtk/gtktextview.c:667
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Whether Tab will result in a tab character being entered"
msgstr ""
2.7.0
2005-06-20 22:06:27 +00:00
#: gtk/gtktextview.c:676
=== Released 2.3.5 === Tue Mar 2 17:06:05 2004 Owen Taylor <otaylor@redhat.com> * === Released 2.3.5 === * NEWS: Updates * configure.in: Version 2.3.5, interface age 0. Require glib-2.3.5, pango-1.3.5.
2004-03-02 22:57:40 +00:00
#, fuzzy
msgid "Error underline color"
msgstr "رنگ پیش‌زمینه"
2.7.0
2005-06-20 22:06:27 +00:00
#: gtk/gtktextview.c:677
=== Released 2.3.5 === Tue Mar 2 17:06:05 2004 Owen Taylor <otaylor@redhat.com> * === Released 2.3.5 === * NEWS: Updates * configure.in: Version 2.3.5, interface age 0. Require glib-2.3.5, pango-1.3.5.
2004-03-02 22:57:40 +00:00
msgid "Color with which to draw error-indication underlines"
msgstr ""
2.7.0
2005-06-20 22:06:27 +00:00
#: gtk/gtktoggleaction.c:131
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Create the same proxies as a radio action"
msgstr ""
2.7.0
2005-06-20 22:06:27 +00:00
#: gtk/gtktoggleaction.c:132
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Whether the proxies for this action look like radio action proxies"
msgstr ""
2.7.0
2005-06-20 22:06:27 +00:00
#: gtk/gtktogglebutton.c:136
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "If the toggle button should be pressed in or not"
msgstr ""
2.7.0
2005-06-20 22:06:27 +00:00
#: gtk/gtktogglebutton.c:144
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "If the toggle button is in an \"in between\" state"
msgstr ""
2.7.0
2005-06-20 22:06:27 +00:00
#: gtk/gtktogglebutton.c:151
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Draw Indicator"
msgstr ""
2.7.0
2005-06-20 22:06:27 +00:00
#: gtk/gtktogglebutton.c:152
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "If the toggle part of the button is displayed"
msgstr ""
2.7.0
2005-06-20 22:06:27 +00:00
#: gtk/gtktoolbar.c:509
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "The orientation of the toolbar"
msgstr ""
2.7.0
2005-06-20 22:06:27 +00:00
#: gtk/gtktoolbar.c:517
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Toolbar Style"
msgstr "سبک نوار ابزار"
2.7.0
2005-06-20 22:06:27 +00:00
#: gtk/gtktoolbar.c:518
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "How to draw the toolbar"
msgstr ""
2.7.0
2005-06-20 22:06:27 +00:00
#: gtk/gtktoolbar.c:525
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Show Arrow"
msgstr "نمایش پیکان"
2.7.0
2005-06-20 22:06:27 +00:00
#: gtk/gtktoolbar.c:526
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "If an arrow should be shown if the toolbar doesn't fit"
msgstr ""
2.7.0
2005-06-20 22:06:27 +00:00
#: gtk/gtktoolbar.c:541
msgid "Tooltips"
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgstr ""
2.5.3
2004-09-19 05:40:00 +00:00
#: gtk/gtktoolbar.c:542
2.7.0
2005-06-20 22:06:27 +00:00
msgid "If the tooltips of the toolbar should be active or not"
msgstr ""
#: gtk/gtktoolbar.c:551
msgid "Whether the item should receive extra space when the toolbar grows"
msgstr ""
#: gtk/gtktoolbar.c:559
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Whether the item should be the same size as other homogeneous items"
msgstr ""
2.7.0
2005-06-20 22:06:27 +00:00
#: gtk/gtktoolbar.c:566
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Spacer size"
msgstr ""
2.7.0
2005-06-20 22:06:27 +00:00
#: gtk/gtktoolbar.c:567
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Size of spacers"
msgstr ""
2.7.0
2005-06-20 22:06:27 +00:00
#: gtk/gtktoolbar.c:576
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Amount of border space between the toolbar shadow and the buttons"
msgstr ""
2.7.0
2005-06-20 22:06:27 +00:00
#: gtk/gtktoolbar.c:584
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Space style"
msgstr "سبک فاصله"
2.7.0
2005-06-20 22:06:27 +00:00
#: gtk/gtktoolbar.c:585
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Whether spacers are vertical lines or just blank"
msgstr ""
2.7.0
2005-06-20 22:06:27 +00:00
#: gtk/gtktoolbar.c:592
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Button relief"
msgstr ""
2.7.0
2005-06-20 22:06:27 +00:00
#: gtk/gtktoolbar.c:593
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Type of bevel around toolbar buttons"
msgstr ""
2.7.0
2005-06-20 22:06:27 +00:00
#: gtk/gtktoolbar.c:600
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Style of bevel around the toolbar"
msgstr ""
2.7.0
2005-06-20 22:06:27 +00:00
#: gtk/gtktoolbar.c:606
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Toolbar style"
msgstr "سبک نوار ابزار"
2.7.0
2005-06-20 22:06:27 +00:00
#: gtk/gtktoolbar.c:607
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid ""
"Whether default toolbars have text only, text and icons, icons only, etc."
msgstr ""
2.7.0
2005-06-20 22:06:27 +00:00
#: gtk/gtktoolbar.c:613
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Toolbar icon size"
msgstr "اندازه‌ی شمایل نوار ابزار"
2.7.0
2005-06-20 22:06:27 +00:00
#: gtk/gtktoolbar.c:614
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Size of icons in default toolbars"
msgstr ""
2.7.0
2005-06-20 22:06:27 +00:00
#: gtk/gtktoolbutton.c:188
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Text to show in the item."
msgstr ""
2.7.0
2005-06-20 22:06:27 +00:00
#: gtk/gtktoolbutton.c:195
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid ""
"If set, an underline in the label property indicates that the next character "
"should be used for the mnemonic accelerator key in the overflow menu"
msgstr ""
2.7.0
2005-06-20 22:06:27 +00:00
#: gtk/gtktoolbutton.c:202
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Widget to use as the item label"
msgstr ""
2.7.0
2005-06-20 22:06:27 +00:00
#: gtk/gtktoolbutton.c:208
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Stock Id"
msgstr ""
2.7.0
2005-06-20 22:06:27 +00:00
#: gtk/gtktoolbutton.c:209
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "The stock icon displayed on the item"
msgstr ""
2.7.0
2005-06-20 22:06:27 +00:00
#: gtk/gtktoolbutton.c:225
#, fuzzy
msgid "Icon name"
msgstr "نام قلم"
#: gtk/gtktoolbutton.c:226
#, fuzzy
msgid "The name of the themed icon displayed on the item"
msgstr "نام قلم انتخاب‌شده"
#: gtk/gtktoolbutton.c:232
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Icon widget"
msgstr ""
2.7.0
2005-06-20 22:06:27 +00:00
#: gtk/gtktoolbutton.c:233
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Icon widget to display in the item"
msgstr ""
2.7.0
2005-06-20 22:06:27 +00:00
#: gtk/gtktoolitem.c:175
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid ""
"Whether the toolbar item is considered important. When TRUE, toolbar buttons "
"show text in GTK_TOOLBAR_BOTH_HORIZ mode"
msgstr ""
2.7.0
2005-06-20 22:06:27 +00:00
#: gtk/gtktreemodelsort.c:331
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "TreeModelSort Model"
msgstr ""
2.7.0
2005-06-20 22:06:27 +00:00
#: gtk/gtktreemodelsort.c:332
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "The model for the TreeModelSort to sort"
msgstr ""
2.7.1
2005-07-01 19:24:05 +00:00
#: gtk/gtktreeview.c:570
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "TreeView Model"
msgstr ""
2.7.1
2005-07-01 19:24:05 +00:00
#: gtk/gtktreeview.c:571
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "The model for the tree view"
msgstr "مدل نمایش درختی"
2.7.1
2005-07-01 19:24:05 +00:00
#: gtk/gtktreeview.c:579
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Horizontal Adjustment for the widget"
msgstr ""
2.7.1
2005-07-01 19:24:05 +00:00
#: gtk/gtktreeview.c:587
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Vertical Adjustment for the widget"
msgstr ""
2.7.1
2005-07-01 19:24:05 +00:00
#: gtk/gtktreeview.c:594
2.7.0
2005-06-20 22:06:27 +00:00
#, fuzzy
msgid "Headers Visible"
msgstr "مرئی"
2.7.1
2005-07-01 19:24:05 +00:00
#: gtk/gtktreeview.c:595
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Show the column header buttons"
msgstr ""
2.7.1
2005-07-01 19:24:05 +00:00
#: gtk/gtktreeview.c:602
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Headers Clickable"
msgstr ""
2.7.1
2005-07-01 19:24:05 +00:00
#: gtk/gtktreeview.c:603
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Column headers respond to click events"
msgstr ""
2.7.1
2005-07-01 19:24:05 +00:00
#: gtk/gtktreeview.c:610
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Expander Column"
msgstr ""
2.7.1
2005-07-01 19:24:05 +00:00
#: gtk/gtktreeview.c:611
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Set the column for the expander column"
msgstr ""
2.7.1
2005-07-01 19:24:05 +00:00
#: gtk/gtktreeview.c:626
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Rules Hint"
msgstr ""
2.7.1
2005-07-01 19:24:05 +00:00
#: gtk/gtktreeview.c:627
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Set a hint to the theme engine to draw rows in alternating colors"
msgstr ""
2.7.1
2005-07-01 19:24:05 +00:00
#: gtk/gtktreeview.c:634
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Enable Search"
msgstr "به کار انداختن جستجو"
2.7.1
2005-07-01 19:24:05 +00:00
#: gtk/gtktreeview.c:635
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "View allows user to search through columns interactively"
msgstr ""
2.7.1
2005-07-01 19:24:05 +00:00
#: gtk/gtktreeview.c:642
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Search Column"
msgstr "ستون جستجو"
2.7.1
2005-07-01 19:24:05 +00:00
#: gtk/gtktreeview.c:643
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Model column to search through when searching through code"
msgstr ""
2.7.1
2005-07-01 19:24:05 +00:00
#: gtk/gtktreeview.c:663
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Fixed Height Mode"
msgstr "حالت ارتفاع ثابت"
2.7.1
2005-07-01 19:24:05 +00:00
#: gtk/gtktreeview.c:664
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Speeds up GtkTreeView by assuming that all rows have the same height"
msgstr ""
2.7.1
2005-07-01 19:24:05 +00:00
#: gtk/gtktreeview.c:684
=== Released 2.5.0 === Sun Jul 18 17:21:10 2004 Soeren Sandmann <sandmann@daimi.au.dk> * === Released 2.5.0 === * NEWS: updates * tests/testcombo.c: Fix compilation
2004-07-20 02:26:06 +00:00
msgid "Hover Selection"
msgstr ""
2.7.1
2005-07-01 19:24:05 +00:00
#: gtk/gtktreeview.c:685
=== Released 2.5.0 === Sun Jul 18 17:21:10 2004 Soeren Sandmann <sandmann@daimi.au.dk> * === Released 2.5.0 === * NEWS: updates * tests/testcombo.c: Fix compilation
2004-07-20 02:26:06 +00:00
msgid "Whether the selection should follow the pointer"
msgstr ""
2.7.1
2005-07-01 19:24:05 +00:00
#: gtk/gtktreeview.c:704
2.5.2
2004-08-25 16:21:15 +00:00
#, fuzzy
msgid "Hover Expand"
msgstr "بسط‌یافته است"
2.7.1
2005-07-01 19:24:05 +00:00
#: gtk/gtktreeview.c:705
2.5.2
2004-08-25 16:21:15 +00:00
msgid ""
2.6.1
2005-01-08 07:50:46 +00:00
"Whether rows should be expanded/collapsed when the pointer moves over them"
2.5.2
2004-08-25 16:21:15 +00:00
msgstr ""
2.7.1
2005-07-01 19:24:05 +00:00
#: gtk/gtktreeview.c:725
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Vertical Separator Width"
msgstr "عرض جداساز عمودی"
2.7.1
2005-07-01 19:24:05 +00:00
#: gtk/gtktreeview.c:726
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Vertical space between cells. Must be an even number"
msgstr "فاصله‌ی عمودی بین خانه‌ها. باید عدد زوج باشد"
2.7.1
2005-07-01 19:24:05 +00:00
#: gtk/gtktreeview.c:734
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Horizontal Separator Width"
msgstr "عرض جداساز افقی"
2.7.1
2005-07-01 19:24:05 +00:00
#: gtk/gtktreeview.c:735
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Horizontal space between cells. Must be an even number"
msgstr "فاصله‌ی افقی بین خانه‌ها. باید عدد زوج باشد"
2.7.1
2005-07-01 19:24:05 +00:00
#: gtk/gtktreeview.c:743
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Allow Rules"
msgstr ""
2.7.1
2005-07-01 19:24:05 +00:00
#: gtk/gtktreeview.c:744
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Allow drawing of alternating color rows"
msgstr ""
2.7.1
2005-07-01 19:24:05 +00:00
#: gtk/gtktreeview.c:750
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Indent Expanders"
msgstr ""
2.7.1
2005-07-01 19:24:05 +00:00
#: gtk/gtktreeview.c:751
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Make the expanders indented"
msgstr ""
2.7.1
2005-07-01 19:24:05 +00:00
#: gtk/gtktreeview.c:757
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Even Row Color"
msgstr "رنگ سطرهای زوج"
2.7.1
2005-07-01 19:24:05 +00:00
#: gtk/gtktreeview.c:758
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Color to use for even rows"
msgstr "رنگی که برای سطرهای زوج استفاده می‌شود"
2.7.1
2005-07-01 19:24:05 +00:00
#: gtk/gtktreeview.c:764
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Odd Row Color"
msgstr "رنگ سطرهای فرد"
2.7.1
2005-07-01 19:24:05 +00:00
#: gtk/gtktreeview.c:765
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Color to use for odd rows"
msgstr "رنگی که برای سطرهای فرد استفاده می‌شود"
2.7.0
2005-06-20 22:06:27 +00:00
#: gtk/gtktreeviewcolumn.c:227
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Whether to display the column"
msgstr ""
2.8.1
2005-08-24 06:29:12 +00:00
#: gtk/gtktreeviewcolumn.c:234 gtk/gtkwindow.c:461
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Resizable"
msgstr ""
2.7.0
2005-06-20 22:06:27 +00:00
#: gtk/gtktreeviewcolumn.c:235
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Column is user-resizable"
msgstr ""
2.7.0
2005-06-20 22:06:27 +00:00
#: gtk/gtktreeviewcolumn.c:243
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Current width of the column"
msgstr "عرض فعلی ستون"
2.7.0
2005-06-20 22:06:27 +00:00
#: gtk/gtktreeviewcolumn.c:252
=== Released 2.5.0 === Sun Jul 18 17:21:10 2004 Soeren Sandmann <sandmann@daimi.au.dk> * === Released 2.5.0 === * NEWS: updates * tests/testcombo.c: Fix compilation
2004-07-20 02:26:06 +00:00
msgid "Space which is inserted between cells"
msgstr ""
2.7.0
2005-06-20 22:06:27 +00:00
#: gtk/gtktreeviewcolumn.c:260
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Sizing"
msgstr ""
2.7.0
2005-06-20 22:06:27 +00:00
#: gtk/gtktreeviewcolumn.c:261
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Resize mode of the column"
msgstr ""
2.7.0
2005-06-20 22:06:27 +00:00
#: gtk/gtktreeviewcolumn.c:269
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Fixed Width"
msgstr "عرض ثابت"
2.7.0
2005-06-20 22:06:27 +00:00
#: gtk/gtktreeviewcolumn.c:270
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Current fixed width of the column"
msgstr "عرض ثابت فعلی ستون"
2.7.0
2005-06-20 22:06:27 +00:00
#: gtk/gtktreeviewcolumn.c:279
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Minimum Width"
msgstr "عرض حداقل"
2.7.0
2005-06-20 22:06:27 +00:00
#: gtk/gtktreeviewcolumn.c:280
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Minimum allowed width of the column"
msgstr ""
2.7.0
2005-06-20 22:06:27 +00:00
#: gtk/gtktreeviewcolumn.c:289
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Maximum Width"
msgstr "عرض حداکثر"
2.7.0
2005-06-20 22:06:27 +00:00
#: gtk/gtktreeviewcolumn.c:290
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Maximum allowed width of the column"
msgstr ""
2.7.0
2005-06-20 22:06:27 +00:00
#: gtk/gtktreeviewcolumn.c:300
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Title to appear in column header"
msgstr ""
2.7.0
2005-06-20 22:06:27 +00:00
#: gtk/gtktreeviewcolumn.c:308
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Column gets share of extra width allocated to the widget"
msgstr ""
2.7.0
2005-06-20 22:06:27 +00:00
#: gtk/gtktreeviewcolumn.c:315
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Clickable"
msgstr ""
2.7.0
2005-06-20 22:06:27 +00:00
#: gtk/gtktreeviewcolumn.c:316
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Whether the header can be clicked"
msgstr ""
2.7.0
2005-06-20 22:06:27 +00:00
#: gtk/gtktreeviewcolumn.c:324
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Widget"
msgstr "ویجت"
2.7.0
2005-06-20 22:06:27 +00:00
#: gtk/gtktreeviewcolumn.c:325
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Widget to put in column header button instead of column title"
msgstr ""
2.7.0
2005-06-20 22:06:27 +00:00
#: gtk/gtktreeviewcolumn.c:332
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Alignment"
msgstr "ردیف کردن"
2.7.0
2005-06-20 22:06:27 +00:00
#: gtk/gtktreeviewcolumn.c:333
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "X Alignment of the column header text or widget"
msgstr ""
2.7.0
2005-06-20 22:06:27 +00:00
#: gtk/gtktreeviewcolumn.c:343
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Whether the column can be reordered around the headers"
msgstr ""
2.7.0
2005-06-20 22:06:27 +00:00
#: gtk/gtktreeviewcolumn.c:350
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Sort indicator"
msgstr ""
2.7.0
2005-06-20 22:06:27 +00:00
#: gtk/gtktreeviewcolumn.c:351
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Whether to show a sort indicator"
msgstr ""
2.7.0
2005-06-20 22:06:27 +00:00
#: gtk/gtktreeviewcolumn.c:358
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Sort order"
msgstr "ترتیب مرتب‌سازی"
2.7.0
2005-06-20 22:06:27 +00:00
#: gtk/gtktreeviewcolumn.c:359
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Sort direction the sort indicator should indicate"
msgstr ""
2.7.0
2005-06-20 22:06:27 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkuimanager.c:233
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Whether tearoff menu items should be added to menus"
msgstr ""
2.7.0
2005-06-20 22:06:27 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkuimanager.c:240
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Merged UI definition"
msgstr ""
2.7.0
2005-06-20 22:06:27 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkuimanager.c:241
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "An XML string describing the merged UI"
msgstr ""
2.7.0
2005-06-20 22:06:27 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkviewport.c:138
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid ""
"The GtkAdjustment that determines the values of the horizontal position for "
"this viewport"
msgstr ""
2.7.0
2005-06-20 22:06:27 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkviewport.c:146
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid ""
"The GtkAdjustment that determines the values of the vertical position for "
"this viewport"
msgstr ""
2.7.0
2005-06-20 22:06:27 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkviewport.c:154
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Determines how the shadowed box around the viewport is drawn"
msgstr ""
2.7.4
2005-07-22 20:28:31 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:415
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Widget name"
msgstr "نام ویجت"
2.7.4
2005-07-22 20:28:31 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:416
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "The name of the widget"
msgstr "نام ویجت"
2.7.4
2005-07-22 20:28:31 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:422
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Parent widget"
msgstr "درخواست عرض"
2.7.4
2005-07-22 20:28:31 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:423
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "The parent widget of this widget. Must be a Container widget"
msgstr ""
2.7.4
2005-07-22 20:28:31 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:430
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Width request"
msgstr "درخواست ارتفاع"
2.7.4
2005-07-22 20:28:31 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:431
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid ""
"Override for width request of the widget, or -1 if natural request should be "
"used"
msgstr ""
2.7.4
2005-07-22 20:28:31 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:439
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Height request"
msgstr "درخواست ارتفاع"
2.7.4
2005-07-22 20:28:31 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:440
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid ""
"Override for height request of the widget, or -1 if natural request should "
"be used"
msgstr ""
2.7.4
2005-07-22 20:28:31 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:449
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Whether the widget is visible"
msgstr ""
2.7.4
2005-07-22 20:28:31 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:456
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Whether the widget responds to input"
msgstr ""
2.7.4
2005-07-22 20:28:31 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:462
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Application paintable"
msgstr ""
2.7.4
2005-07-22 20:28:31 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:463
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Whether the application will paint directly on the widget"
msgstr ""
2.7.4
2005-07-22 20:28:31 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:469
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Can focus"
msgstr ""
2.7.4
2005-07-22 20:28:31 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:470
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Whether the widget can accept the input focus"
msgstr ""
2.7.4
2005-07-22 20:28:31 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:476
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Has focus"
msgstr ""
2.7.4
2005-07-22 20:28:31 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:477
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Whether the widget has the input focus"
msgstr ""
2.7.4
2005-07-22 20:28:31 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:483
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Is focus"
msgstr ""
2.7.4
2005-07-22 20:28:31 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:484
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Whether the widget is the focus widget within the toplevel"
msgstr ""
2.7.4
2005-07-22 20:28:31 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:490
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Can default"
msgstr ""
2.7.4
2005-07-22 20:28:31 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:491
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Whether the widget can be the default widget"
msgstr ""
2.7.4
2005-07-22 20:28:31 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:497
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Has default"
msgstr "پیش‌فرض دارد"
2.7.4
2005-07-22 20:28:31 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:498
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Whether the widget is the default widget"
msgstr ""
2.7.4
2005-07-22 20:28:31 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:504
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Receives default"
msgstr ""
2.7.4
2005-07-22 20:28:31 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:505
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "If TRUE, the widget will receive the default action when it is focused"
msgstr ""
2.7.4
2005-07-22 20:28:31 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:511
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Composite child"
msgstr ""
2.7.4
2005-07-22 20:28:31 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:512
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Whether the widget is part of a composite widget"
msgstr ""
2.7.4
2005-07-22 20:28:31 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:518
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Style"
msgstr "سبک"
2.7.4
2005-07-22 20:28:31 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:519
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid ""
"The style of the widget, which contains information about how it will look "
"(colors etc)"
msgstr ""
2.7.4
2005-07-22 20:28:31 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:525
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Events"
msgstr "رویدادها"
2.7.4
2005-07-22 20:28:31 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:526
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "The event mask that decides what kind of GdkEvents this widget gets"
msgstr ""
2.7.4
2005-07-22 20:28:31 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:533
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Extension events"
msgstr ""
2.7.4
2005-07-22 20:28:31 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:534
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "The mask that decides what kind of extension events this widget gets"
msgstr ""
2.7.4
2005-07-22 20:28:31 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:541
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "No show all"
msgstr ""
2.7.4
2005-07-22 20:28:31 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:542
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Whether gtk_widget_show_all() should not affect this widget"
msgstr ""
2.7.4
2005-07-22 20:28:31 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:1448
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Interior Focus"
msgstr ""
2.7.4
2005-07-22 20:28:31 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:1449
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Whether to draw the focus indicator inside widgets"
msgstr ""
2.7.4
2005-07-22 20:28:31 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:1455
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Focus linewidth"
msgstr ""
2.7.4
2005-07-22 20:28:31 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:1456
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Width, in pixels, of the focus indicator line"
msgstr ""
2.7.4
2005-07-22 20:28:31 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:1462
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Focus line dash pattern"
msgstr ""
2.7.4
2005-07-22 20:28:31 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:1463
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Dash pattern used to draw the focus indicator"
msgstr ""
2.7.4
2005-07-22 20:28:31 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:1468
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Focus padding"
msgstr ""
2.7.4
2005-07-22 20:28:31 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:1469
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Width, in pixels, between focus indicator and the widget 'box'"
msgstr ""
2.7.4
2005-07-22 20:28:31 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:1474
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Cursor color"
msgstr "رنگ مکان‌نما"
2.7.4
2005-07-22 20:28:31 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:1475
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Color with which to draw insertion cursor"
msgstr ""
2.7.4
2005-07-22 20:28:31 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:1480
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Secondary cursor color"
msgstr "رنگ مکان‌نمای ثانویه"
2.7.4
2005-07-22 20:28:31 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:1481
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid ""
"Color with which to draw the secondary insertion cursor when editing mixed "
"right-to-left and left-to-right text"
msgstr ""
2.7.4
2005-07-22 20:28:31 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:1486
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Cursor line aspect ratio"
msgstr ""
2.7.4
2005-07-22 20:28:31 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:1487
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Aspect ratio with which to draw insertion cursor"
msgstr ""
2.7.4
2005-07-22 20:28:31 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:1492
2.7.0
2005-06-20 22:06:27 +00:00
#, fuzzy
msgid "Draw Border"
msgstr "ترتیب مرتب‌سازی"
2.7.4
2005-07-22 20:28:31 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:1493
2.7.0
2005-06-20 22:06:27 +00:00
msgid "Size of areas outside the widget's allocation to draw"
msgstr ""
2.8.1
2005-08-24 06:29:12 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkwindow.c:419
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Window Type"
msgstr "نوع پنجره"
2.8.1
2005-08-24 06:29:12 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkwindow.c:420
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "The type of the window"
msgstr "نوع این پنجره"
2.8.1
2005-08-24 06:29:12 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkwindow.c:428
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Window Title"
msgstr "عنوان پنجره"
2.8.1
2005-08-24 06:29:12 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkwindow.c:429
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "The title of the window"
msgstr "عنوان پنجره"
2.8.1
2005-08-24 06:29:12 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkwindow.c:436
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Window Role"
msgstr "نقش پنجره"
2.8.1
2005-08-24 06:29:12 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkwindow.c:437
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Unique identifier for the window to be used when restoring a session"
msgstr ""
2.8.1
2005-08-24 06:29:12 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkwindow.c:444
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Allow Shrink"
msgstr ""
2.8.1
2005-08-24 06:29:12 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkwindow.c:446
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"If TRUE, the window has no mimimum size. Setting this to TRUE is 99% of the "
"time a bad idea"
msgstr ""
2.8.1
2005-08-24 06:29:12 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkwindow.c:453
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Allow Grow"
msgstr ""
2.8.1
2005-08-24 06:29:12 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkwindow.c:454
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "If TRUE, users can expand the window beyond its minimum size"
msgstr ""
2.8.1
2005-08-24 06:29:12 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkwindow.c:462
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "If TRUE, users can resize the window"
msgstr ""
2.8.1
2005-08-24 06:29:12 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkwindow.c:469
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Modal"
msgstr ""
2.8.1
2005-08-24 06:29:12 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkwindow.c:470
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid ""
"If TRUE, the window is modal (other windows are not usable while this one is "
"up)"
msgstr ""
2.8.1
2005-08-24 06:29:12 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkwindow.c:477
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Window Position"
msgstr "موقعیت پنجره"
2.8.1
2005-08-24 06:29:12 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkwindow.c:478
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "The initial position of the window"
msgstr "موقعیت اولیه‌ی پنجره"
2.8.1
2005-08-24 06:29:12 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkwindow.c:486
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Default Width"
msgstr "عرض پیش‌فرض"
2.8.1
2005-08-24 06:29:12 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkwindow.c:487
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "The default width of the window, used when initially showing the window"
msgstr ""
2.8.1
2005-08-24 06:29:12 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkwindow.c:496
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Default Height"
msgstr "ارتفاع پیش‌فرض"
2.8.1
2005-08-24 06:29:12 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkwindow.c:497
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid ""
"The default height of the window, used when initially showing the window"
msgstr ""
2.8.1
2005-08-24 06:29:12 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkwindow.c:506
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
#, fuzzy
msgid "Destroy with Parent"
msgstr "تخریب با ؟؟؟"
2.8.1
2005-08-24 06:29:12 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkwindow.c:507
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "If this window should be destroyed when the parent is destroyed"
msgstr ""
2.8.1
2005-08-24 06:29:12 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkwindow.c:514
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Icon"
msgstr "شمایل"
2.8.1
2005-08-24 06:29:12 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkwindow.c:515
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Icon for this window"
msgstr "شمایل این پنجره"
2.8.1
2005-08-24 06:29:12 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkwindow.c:531
=== Released 2.5.0 === Sun Jul 18 17:21:10 2004 Soeren Sandmann <sandmann@daimi.au.dk> * === Released 2.5.0 === * NEWS: updates * tests/testcombo.c: Fix compilation
2004-07-20 02:26:06 +00:00
#, fuzzy
msgid "Name of the themed icon for this window"
msgstr "شمایل این پنجره"
2.8.1
2005-08-24 06:29:12 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkwindow.c:546
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Is Active"
msgstr "فعال است"
2.8.1
2005-08-24 06:29:12 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkwindow.c:547
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Whether the toplevel is the current active window"
msgstr ""
2.8.1
2005-08-24 06:29:12 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkwindow.c:554
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Focus in Toplevel"
msgstr ""
2.8.1
2005-08-24 06:29:12 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkwindow.c:555
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Whether the input focus is within this GtkWindow"
msgstr ""
2.8.1
2005-08-24 06:29:12 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkwindow.c:562
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Type hint"
msgstr ""
2.8.1
2005-08-24 06:29:12 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkwindow.c:563
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid ""
"Hint to help the desktop environment understand what kind of window this is "
"and how to treat it."
msgstr ""
2.8.1
2005-08-24 06:29:12 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkwindow.c:571
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Skip taskbar"
msgstr ""
2.8.1
2005-08-24 06:29:12 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkwindow.c:572
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "TRUE if the window should not be in the task bar."
msgstr ""
2.8.1
2005-08-24 06:29:12 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkwindow.c:579
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Skip pager"
msgstr ""
2.8.1
2005-08-24 06:29:12 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkwindow.c:580
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "TRUE if the window should not be in the pager."
msgstr ""
2.8.1
2005-08-24 06:29:12 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkwindow.c:587
2.7.0
2005-06-20 22:06:27 +00:00
msgid "Urgent"
msgstr ""
2.8.1
2005-08-24 06:29:12 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkwindow.c:588
2.7.0
2005-06-20 22:06:27 +00:00
msgid "TRUE if the window should be brought to the user's attention."
msgstr ""
2.8.1
2005-08-24 06:29:12 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkwindow.c:602
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Accept focus"
msgstr ""
2.8.1
2005-08-24 06:29:12 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkwindow.c:603
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "TRUE if the window should receive the input focus."
msgstr ""
2.8.1
2005-08-24 06:29:12 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkwindow.c:617
=== Released 2.5.0 === Sun Jul 18 17:21:10 2004 Soeren Sandmann <sandmann@daimi.au.dk> * === Released 2.5.0 === * NEWS: updates * tests/testcombo.c: Fix compilation
2004-07-20 02:26:06 +00:00
msgid "Focus on map"
msgstr ""
2.8.1
2005-08-24 06:29:12 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkwindow.c:618
=== Released 2.5.0 === Sun Jul 18 17:21:10 2004 Soeren Sandmann <sandmann@daimi.au.dk> * === Released 2.5.0 === * NEWS: updates * tests/testcombo.c: Fix compilation
2004-07-20 02:26:06 +00:00
msgid "TRUE if the window should receive the input focus when mapped."
msgstr ""
2.8.1
2005-08-24 06:29:12 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkwindow.c:632
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Decorated"
msgstr ""
2.8.1
2005-08-24 06:29:12 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkwindow.c:633
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Whether the window should be decorated by the window manager"
msgstr ""
2.8.1
2005-08-24 06:29:12 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkwindow.c:648
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "Gravity"
msgstr "ثقل"
2.8.1
2005-08-24 06:29:12 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkwindow.c:649
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "The window gravity of the window"
msgstr "ثقل پنجره"
=== Released 2.4.1 === 2004-04-30 Matthias Clasen <mclasen@redhat.com> * === Released 2.4.1 === * configure.in: Version 2.4.1, interface age 1. * NEWS: Updates
2004-04-30 16:34:36 +00:00
#: modules/input/gtkimcontextxim.c:330
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "IM Preedit style"
msgstr ""
=== Released 2.4.1 === 2004-04-30 Matthias Clasen <mclasen@redhat.com> * === Released 2.4.1 === * configure.in: Version 2.4.1, interface age 1. * NEWS: Updates
2004-04-30 16:34:36 +00:00
#: modules/input/gtkimcontextxim.c:331
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "How to draw the input method preedit string"
msgstr ""
=== Released 2.4.1 === 2004-04-30 Matthias Clasen <mclasen@redhat.com> * === Released 2.4.1 === * configure.in: Version 2.4.1, interface age 1. * NEWS: Updates
2004-04-30 16:34:36 +00:00
#: modules/input/gtkimcontextxim.c:339
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "IM Status style"
msgstr ""
=== Released 2.4.1 === 2004-04-30 Matthias Clasen <mclasen@redhat.com> * === Released 2.4.1 === * configure.in: Version 2.4.1, interface age 1. * NEWS: Updates
2004-04-30 16:34:36 +00:00
#: modules/input/gtkimcontextxim.c:340
splitting the gtk20 translation domain.
2004-01-17 22:19:37 +00:00
msgid "How to draw the input method statusbar"
msgstr ""
=== Released 2.3.5 === Tue Mar 2 17:06:05 2004 Owen Taylor <otaylor@redhat.com> * === Released 2.3.5 === * NEWS: Updates * configure.in: Version 2.3.5, interface age 0. Require glib-2.3.5, pango-1.3.5.
2004-03-02 22:57:40 +00:00
2.6.0
2004-12-16 18:21:44 +00:00
#, fuzzy
#~ msgid "Width In Chararacters"
#~ msgstr "عرض برحسب نویسه"
2.5.1
2004-08-01 05:55:01 +00:00
#, fuzzy
#~ msgid "Row separator column"
#~ msgstr "جداساز دارد"
=== Released 2.3.5 === Tue Mar 2 17:06:05 2004 Owen Taylor <otaylor@redhat.com> * === Released 2.3.5 === * NEWS: Updates * configure.in: Version 2.3.5, interface age 0. Require glib-2.3.5, pango-1.3.5.
2004-03-02 22:57:40 +00:00
#~ msgid "Folder Mode"
#~ msgstr "حالت پوشه"
Reference in New Issue Copy Permalink